Avyakt murli for Friday 31 December 2004

Warning : Sentence alignment between two languages is based on the number of characters. It is therefore not perfectly reliable.

You can correct the sentence alignment yourself on part or all of the murli.
0>>>>131-12-04 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादामधुबन31-12-04 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpadādāmadhuban31-12-04 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] x31-12-04 Om peace avyakt x

0> > 31-12-2004 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban

2“ इस वर्ष के आरम्भ से बेहद का वैराग्य इमर्ज करो , यही मुक्तिधाम के गेट की चाबी है ”“ is varṣh K|kē ārambh sē bēhad kā vairāgya emerge karō , yahī muktidhām K|kē get|gate key|kī chābī hai ”“ yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ārambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bēhad kā[x] vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] emerge karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yahī[pn.;d.] muktidhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] get|gate key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ”“ this year (K|of) x from unlimited disinterest emerge do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , this land of liberation (K|of) (get|gate) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) key be[pres.sg.23] ”

1Right from the beginning of this year, emerge the attitude of unlimited disinterest. 2This is the key for the gate to the land of liberation.

3आज नवयुग रचता बापदादा अपने बच्चों से नव वर्ष मनाने के लिए , परमात्म मिलन मनाने के लिए बच्चों के स्नेह में अपने दूरदेश से साकार वतन में मिलन मनाने आये हैं . āj navyug rachtā bāpdādā apnē bachchō̃ sē nav varṣh manānē kē liē , paramātma milan manānē kē liē bachchō̃ K|kē snēh mē̃ apnē dūrdēśh sē sākār vatan mē̃ milan manānē āyē haĩ . āj navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]|navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] rachnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|rachtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] nav varṣh[x] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] , paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dūrdēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sākār, sākārī[adj.] vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . today (new age) (x[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|creator) BapDada one’s own child from New Year celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] for , Supreme Soul meeting celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] for child (K|of) love in one’s own faraway land from sakar world in meeting celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

3Today, BapDada, the Creator of the new age, has come to celebrate the New Year with His children. 4Out of love for His children, He has come from the far-away land to the corporeal world to celebrate the Godly meeting with them.

4दुनिया में तो नववर्ष की मुबारक एक दो को देते हैं . duniyā mē̃ tō navavarṣa key|kī mubārak ēk dō kō dētē haĩ . duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] tō x key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . world in then x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) congratulations one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 5लेकिन बापदादा आप बच्चों को नवयुग और नये वर्ष की , दोनों की मुबारक दे रहे हैं . lēkin bāpdādā āp bachchō̃ kō navyug aur nayē varṣh key|kī , dōnō̃ key|kī mubārak dē rahē haĩ . lēkin bāpdādā āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]|navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , dōnō̃ key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . but BapDada you child to (new age) and new year (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

5In the world, they give greetings for the New Year to one another, but BapDada is giving greetings to you children for both the New Year and the New Age.

6नया वर्ष तो एक दिन मनाने का है . nayā varṣh tō ēk din manānē kā hai . nayā varṣh[x] tō ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . New Year then one day celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] of be[pres.sg.23] . 7नवयुग तो आप संगम पर सदा मनाते रहते . navyug tō āp saṅgam par sadā manātē rahtē . navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]|navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō āp[pn.pl.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sadā manānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . (new age) then you confluence (at|other) constantly celebrate[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

6The celebration of the New Year is just a celebration of one day, whereas you celebrate the New Age constantly at the confluence age.

8आप सभी भी परमात्म प्यार की आकर्षण में खींचते हुए यहाँ पहुँच गये हो . āp sabhī bhī paramātma pyār key|kī ākarṣhaṇ mē̃ khīñchtē huē yahā̃ pahũch gayē hō . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ākarṣhaṇ[x] mē̃[postp.] khīñchnā, khaiñchnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] yahā̃ pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . you all too Supreme Soul love (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) attraction in pull[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] here reach[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .

7All of you have arrived here having been pulled by the attraction of God's love.

9लेकिन सबसे दूरदेश से आने वाला कौन  ? lēkin sabsē dūrdēśh sē ānē vālā kaun  ? lēkin sabsē dūrdēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.]  ? but the most faraway land from (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who who  ?

8However, who has come from the furthest away?

10डबल विदेशी  ? double vidēśhī  ? double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.]  ? double foreigner  ?

9Is it the double foreigners?

11वह तो फिर भी इस साकार देश में ही है लेकिन बापदादा दूरदेशी कितना दूर से आये हैं  ? vah tō phir bhī is sākār dēśh mē̃ hī hai lēkin bāpdādā dūrdēśhī kitnā dūr sē āyē haĩ  ? vah[pn.sg.d.] tō phir bhī[x] yah[pn.sg.o.] sākār, sākārī[adj.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin bāpdādā dūrdēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dūr[adj.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? that then nevertheless this sakar land in only be[pres.sg.23] but BapDada Resident of the far-away land so distant from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

10They are still from this corporeal world, but how far-away is the land from which has BapDada, the Resident of the far-away land, has come?

12हिसाब निकाल सकते हैं , कितने माइल से आये हैं  ? hisāb nikāl saktē haĩ , kitnē mile sē āyē haĩ  ? hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mile sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? account x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , so mile from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

11Can you calculate the distance of how many miles Baba has come?

13तो दूरदेशी बापदादा चारों ओर के बच्चों को चाहे सामने डायमण्ड हाल में बैठे हैं , चाहे मधुबन में बैठे हैं , चाहे ज्ञान सरोवर में बैठे हैं , गैलरी में बैठे हैं , आप सबके साथ जो दूर बैठे देश विदेश में बापदादा से मिलन मना रहे हैं , बापदादा देख रहे हैं सभी कितने प्यार से , दूर से देख भी रहे हैं , सुन भी रहे हैं . tō dūrdēśhī bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr K|kē bachchō̃ kō chāhē sāmnē diamond hall|hāl mē̃ baiṭhē haĩ , chāhē madhuban mē̃ baiṭhē haĩ , chāhē gyān sarōvar mē̃ baiṭhē haĩ , gallery mē̃ baiṭhē haĩ , āp sabkē sāth jō dūr baiṭhē dēśh vidēśh mē̃ bāpdādā sē milan manā rahē haĩ , bāpdādā dēkh rahē haĩ sabhī kitnē pyār sē , dūr sē dēkh bhī rahē haĩ , sun bhī rahē haĩ . tō dūrdēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē sāmnē diamond hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē gyān sarōvar[x] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , gallery mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] dūr[adj.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā sē[postp.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] sab[adv.hī] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , dūr[adj.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , sunnā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . then Resident of the far-away land BapDada everywhere (K|of) child to (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) x diamond (hall|x) in sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) Madhuban in sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) Gyan Sarovar in sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , x in sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , you everyone's with that distant (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) land abroad in BapDada from meeting celebrate[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , BapDada see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] all so love from , distant from see[root] too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , listen[root] too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . 14तो चारों ओर के बच्चों को नवयुग और नये वर्ष की पदमगुणा मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो . tō chārō̃ ōr K|kē bachchō̃ kō navyug aur nayē varṣh key|kī padamguṇā mubārak hō , mubārak hō , mubārak hō . tō chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]|navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then everywhere (K|of) child to (new age) and new year (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) multimillion-fold congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

12So, BapDada, the Resident of the far-away land, is seeing how all of you - whether you are sitting in front of Baba in the Diamond Hall, whether you are sitting in Madhuban, Gyan Sarovar, in the gallery, or all the children who are sitting faraway in this land or abroad celebrating a meeting with BapDada - are seeing and listening from far away. 13So, multimillion-fold congratulations, congratulations, congratulations for the New Age and the New Year to all the children everywhere. 14The New Age is in front of the eyes of you children, is it not?

15बच्चों को तो नवयुग नयनों के सामने है ना  ! bachchō̃ kō tō navyug nayanō̃ K|kē sāmnē hai nā  ! bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] tō navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]|navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāmnē hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! child to then (new age) eye (K|of) x be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ! 16बस आज संगम पर है , कल अपने नवयुग में राज्य अधिकारी बन राज्य करेंगे . bas āj saṅgam par hai , kal apnē navyug mē̃ rājya adhikārī ban rājya karē̃gē . basnā[root]|bas āj saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kal apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]|navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rājya adhikārī[x] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] rājya karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . (x[root]|simply) today confluence (at|other) be[pres.sg.23] , x one’s own (new age) in master (become[root]|x) x .

15That is all! 16Today, you are at the confluence age and tomorrow, you will rule your kingdom in the New Age, as those who have a right to the kingdom. 17Do you experience it to be so close?

17इतना नजदीक अनुभव हो रहा है  ? itnā najdīk anubhav hō rahā hai  ? itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nazdīk anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23]  ? such x experience be[pres.sg.m.prog.23]  ?

18It is just a question of today and tomorrow.

18आज और कल की ही तो बात है . āj aur kal key|kī hī tō bāt hai . āj aur kal key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] hī[p.] tō bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . today and x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) only then matter be[pres.sg.23] . 19कल था , कल फिर से होना है . kal thā , kal phir sē hōnā hai . kal hōnā[past.m.sg] , kal phir sē[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . x be[past.m.sg] , x again be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

19You were that yesterday (kal) and you are going to become that tomorrow (kal) once again.

20अपने नवयुग की , गोल्डन युग की गोल्डन ड्रेस सामने दिखाई दे रही है  ? apnē navyug key|kī , golden yug key|kī golden dress sāmnē dikhāī dē rahī hai  ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]|navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , golden yug[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] golden dress sāmnē dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23]  ? one’s own (new age) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , golden age (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) golden dress x be visible  ?

20Can you see your golden dress of your new age, the golden age in front of you?

21कितनी सुन्दर है  ! kitnī sundar hai  ! kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sundar[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! so x be[pres.sg.23]  !

21It is so beautiful.

22स्पष्ट दिखाई दे रही है ना  ! spaṣhṭ dikhāī dē rahī hai nā  ! spaṣhṭ[adj.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] nā  ! clearly be visible ∅  !

22You can see it clearly, can you not?

23आज साधारण ड्रेस में हैं और कल नवयुग की सुन्दर ड्रेस में चमकते हुए दिखाई देंगे . āj sādhāraṇ dress mē̃ haĩ aur kal navyug key|kī sundar dress mē̃ chamaktē huē dikhāī dēgē . āj sādhāraṇ[adj.] dress mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur kal navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]|navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sundar[adj.] dress mē̃[postp.] chamaknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] dikhāī dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . today ordinary dress in be[pres.pl.12hon3] and x (new age) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x dress in x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be visible .

23Today, you are in an ordinary dress and tomorrow, you will be in the beautiful sparkling dress of the new age.

24नववर्ष में तो एक दिन के लिए एक दो को गिफ्ट देते हैं . navavarṣa mē̃ tō ēk din kē liē ēk dō kō gift dētē haĩ . x mē̃[postp.] tō ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] gift dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x in then one day for one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to gift give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

24In the New Year, they give gifts to one another on just this one day.

25लेकिन नवयुग रचता बापदादा ने आप सबको गोल्डन वर्ल्ड की सौगात दी है , जो अनेक जन्म चलने वाली है . lēkin navyug rachtā bāpdādā nē āp sabkō golden world key|kī saugāt dī hai , jō anēk janm chalnē vālī hai . lēkin navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]|navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] rachnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|rachtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] sabkō golden world key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , jō[pn.;d.] anēk[adj.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but (new age) (x[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|creator) BapDada ∅ you everything golden world (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) gift give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , that many (be born[root]|life) continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] .

25However, BapDada, the Creator of the New Age, has given all of you a gift of the golden world which will last for many births.

26विनाशी सौगात नहीं है . vināśhī saugāt nahī̃ hai . vināśhī[adj.] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . perishable gift not be[pres.sg.23] .

26It is not a perishable gift.

27अविनाशी सौगात बाप ने आप बच्चों को दे दी है . avināśhī saugāt bāp nē āp bachchō̃ kō dē dī hai . avināśhī[adj.] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] . imperishable gift father ∅ you child to give[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] .

27The Father has given you children an imperishable gift.

28याद है ना  ! yād hai nā  ! yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

28Do you remember it?

29भूल तो नहीं गये हो ना  ! bhūl tō nahī̃ gayē hō nā  ! bhūl[n.f.;sg.]|bhūlnā[root] tō nahī̃[neg] jānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] nā  ! (mistake|forget[root]) then not go[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ∅  !

29You haven't forgotten it, have you?

30सेकण्ड में आ जा सकते हो . second mē̃ ā jā saktē hō . second mē̃[postp.] ānā[root.root+jānā] saknā[pres.pl.m.2] . second in come[root.root+jānā] can[pres.pl.m.2] .

30You can come and go in a second.

31अभी-अभी संगम पर , अभी-अभी अपनी गोल्डन दुनिया में पहुँच जाते हो कि देरी लगती है  ? abhī-abhī saṅgam par , abhī-abhī apnī golden duniyā mē̃ pahũch jātē hō ki dērī lagtī hai  ? ab[adv.hī] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] , ab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] golden duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ki[conj.] dērī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23]  ? now confluence (at|other) , now one’s own golden world in reach[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] that x x[pres.sg.f.23]  ?

31One moment you are at the confluence age, and the next moment, you can reach your golden world. 32Or, does it take long?

32अपना राज्य स्मृति में आ जाता है ना  ! apnā rājya smr̥iti mē̃ ā jātā hai nā  ! apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] nā  ! (one’s own|adopt[root]) kingdom awareness in come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ∅  !

33You remember your kingdom then, do you not?

33आज के दिन को विदाई का दिन कहा जाता है और 12 बजे के बाद बधाई का दिन कहा जायेगा . āj K|kē din kō vidāī kā din kahā jātā hai aur 12 bajē kē bād badhāī kā din kahā jāyēgā . āj K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] aur 12 bajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bajnā[opt.sg.23]|bajā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kē bād[x] badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[fut.m.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[fut.m.sg.23.passive] . today (K|of) day to farewell of day (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) and 12 (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|o'clock) after greetings of day (say[fut.m.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|say[fut.m.sg.23.passive]) .

34Today is said to be the day of bidding farewell, and, after midnight, it will be called the time of celebration.

34तो विदाई के दिन , वर्ष की विदाई के साथ-साथ आप सबने वर्ष के साथ और किसको विदाई दी  ? tō vidāī K|kē din , varṣh key|kī vidāī K|kē sāth-sāth āp sabnē varṣh kē sāth aur kiskō vidāī the|dī  ? tō vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] , varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāth-sāth āp[pn.pl.] sabnē varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] aur kaun[pn.sg.kō] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] the|dēnā[past-part.f.]  ? then farewell (K|of) day , year (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) farewell (K|of) x you x year with and who[.kō] farewell (the|give[past-part.f.])  ?

35So, on the day of farewell, together with farewell to the year, what else have you bid farewell to?

35चेक किया सदा के लिए विदाई दी वा थोड़े समय के लिए विदाई दी  ? check kiyā sadā kē liē vidāī the|dī vā thōṛē samay kē liē vidāī the|dī  ? check karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] sadā kē liē[x] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] the|dēnā[past-part.f.] vā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] the|dēnā[past-part.f.]  ? check do[past-part.m.sg.d.] constantly for farewell (the|give[past-part.f.]) or short time for farewell (the|give[past-part.f.])  ?

36Did you check whether you have bid farewell for all time or have you bid farewell for only a short time?

36बापदादा ने पहले भी कहा है कि समय की रफ्तार तीव्रगति से जा रही है तो सारे वर्ष की रिजल्ट में चेक किया कि क्या मेरे पुरुषार्थ की रफ्तार तीव्र रही  ? bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī kahā hai ki samay key|kī raphtār tīvragati sē jā rahī hai tō sārē varṣh key|kī result mē̃ check kiyā ki kyā mērē puruṣhārth key|kī raphtār tīvr rahī  ? bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] raphtār[n.f.;sg.] tīvragati[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] jānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] tō sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] result mē̃[postp.] check karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] kyā maĩ[pn.sg.kē] puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] raphtār[n.f.;sg.] tīvr[adj.] rahnā[past-part.f.]  ? BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that time (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) speed fast speed from go[pres.sg.f.prog.23] then the whole year (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) result in check do[past-part.m.sg.d.] that what I[.kē] effort (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) speed intense remain[past-part.f.]  ? 37या कब कैसे , कब कैसे रही  ? yā kab kaisē , kab kaisē rahī  ? yā kab kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , kab kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rahnā[past-part.f.]  ? or when how , when how remain[past-part.f.]  ?

37BapDada has already told you earlier, that time is moving at a very fast speed. 38So, did you check the result of the whole year, as to whether the speed of your efforts was fast? 39Or, was it sometimes one speed and at other times, a different speed?

38दुनिया की हालतों को देखते हुए अब अपने विशेष दो स्वरूपों को इमर्ज करो , वह दो स्वरूप है - एक सर्व प्रति रहमदिल और कल्याणकारी और दूसरा हर आत्मा के प्रति सदा दाता के बच्चे मास्टरदाता . duniyā key|kī hālatō̃ kō dēkhtē huē ab apnē viśhēṣh dō svarūpō̃ kō emerge karō , vah dō svarūp hai - ēk sarv prati merciful aur kalyāṇkārī aur dūsrā har|her ātmā kē prati sadā dātā K|kē bachchē māsṭaradātā . duniyā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] hālat[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ab[adv.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhēṣh[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] svarūp[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] emerge karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , vah[pn.sg.d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - ēk[adj.] sarv[adj.] prati merciful aur kalyāṇkārī[adj.] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] harnā[root]|har|her ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kē prati[x] sadā dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] x . world (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) situation to see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] now one’s own special (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) form to emerge do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) form be[pres.sg.23] - one all for merciful and beneficial and other (x[root]|x) soul for constantly bestower (K|of) child x .

40Seeing the conditions of the world, you must now especially make your two forms emerge. 41Those two forms are: To be merciful and benevolent towards all. 42Secondly, to be a master bestower, a child of the Bestower, for every soul.

39विश्व की आत्मायें बड़ी शक्तिहीन , दुःखी , अशान्त चिल्ला रही है . viśhva key|kī ātmāyē̃ baṛī śhaktihīn , duḥkhī , aśhānt chillā rahī hai . viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhaktihīn[adj.] , duḥkhī[adj.]|duḥkhnā[past-part.f.] , aśhānt[adj.] chillānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . world (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) soul very powerless , (unhappy|hurt[past-part.f.]) , peaceless cry[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .

43Souls of the world are completely powerless, sorrowful, peaceless and crying out.

40बाप के आगे , आप पूज्य आत्माओं के आगे पुकार रही है - कुछ घडियों के लिए भी सुख दे दो , शान्ति दे दो . bāp kē āgē , āp pūjya ātmāō̃ kē āgē pukār rahī hai - kuchh ghaḍiyō̃ kē liē bhī sukh dē dō , śhānti dē dō . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē āgē[x] , āp[pn.pl.] pūjya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē āgē[x] pukārnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] - kuchh x kē liē[x] bhī[p.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , śhānti dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . father in front of , you worthy of worship soul in front of call[pres.sg.f.prog.23] - anything x for too happiness give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , peace give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . 41खुशी दे दो , हिम्मत दे दो . khuśhī dē dō , himmat dē dō . khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . happiness give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , courage give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .

44They are calling out in front of the Father and you worthy-of-worship souls: Give us happiness, peace, joy and courage even for a few moments.

42बाप तो बच्चों के दुःख , परेशानी को देख नहीं सकते , सुन नहीं सकते . bāp tō bachchō̃ K|kē duḥkh , parēśhānī kō dēkh nahī̃ saktē , sun nahī̃ saktē . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , parēśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , sunnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . father then child (K|of) (hurt[root]|sorrow) , distress to see[root] not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , listen[root] not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

45The Father cannot bear to see or hear the sorrow and distress of the children.

43क्या आप सभी पूज्य आत्माओं को रहम नहीं आता  ! kyā āp sabhī pūjya ātmāō̃ kō rahm nahī̃ ātā  ! kyā āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] pūjya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ! what you all worthy of worship soul to mercy not come[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  !

46Do all of you worthy-of-worship souls not feel mercy?

44माँग रहे हैं - दो , दो , दो . mā̃g rahē haĩ - dō , dō , dō . mā̃gnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] - dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] , dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] , dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . ask[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] - (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) , (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) , (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .

47They are begging: Give, give, give!

45तो दाता के बच्चे कुछ अंचली तो दे दो . tō dātā K|kē bachchē kuchh añchalī tō dē dō . tō dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kuchh añchalī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . then bestower (K|of) child anything drop then give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .

48So, children of the Bestower, at least give them a drop.

46बाप भी आप बच्चों को साथी बना के , मास्टर दाता बनाके , अपने राइट हैण्ड बनाके यही इशारा देते हैं - इतनी विश्व की आत्मायें सभी को मुक्ति दिलानी है . bāp bhī āp bachchō̃ kō sāthī banā K|kē , master dātā banākē , apnē right hand banākē yahī iśhārā dētē haĩ - itnī viśhva key|kī ātmāyē̃ sabhī kō mukti dilānī hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[root]|bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , master dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[abs.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] right hand[x] banānā[abs.] yahī[pn.;d.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dilānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . father too you child to companion (create[root]|become[past-part.m.sg.d.]) (K|of) , master bestower create[abs.] , one’s own right hand create[abs.] this signal give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - such world (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) soul all to liberation x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

49The Father has also made you children His companions, the master bestowers, His right hands, and is giving this signal: You have to give all of those souls of the world liberation.

47मुक्तिधाम में जाना है . muktidhām mē̃ jānā hai . muktidhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . land of liberation in (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) .

50All have to go to the land of liberation.

48तो हे दाता के बच्चे अपने श्रेष्ठ संकल्प द्वारा , मंसा शक्तिद्वारा , चाहे वाणी द्वारा , चाहे सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क द्वारा , चाहे शुभभावना-शुभकामना द्वारा , चाहे वायब्रेशन वायुमण्डल द्वारा किसी भी युक्ति से मुक्ति दिलाओ . tō hē dātā K|kē bachchē apnē śhrēṣhṭh saṅkalp dvārā , mansā śaktidvārā , chāhē vāṇī dvārā , chāhē sambandh-sampark dvārā , chāhē śubhabhāvanā-śubhakāmanā dvārā , chāhē vibration vāyumaṇḍal dvārā kisī bhī yukti sē mukti dilāō . tō hē dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā , mansā x , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē x dvārā , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē vibration vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] yukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then x bestower (K|of) child one’s own elevated thought through , through the mind x , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) words through , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) x through , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) x through , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) vibrations atmosphere through (some|anything) too way from liberation x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

51So, O children of the Bestower, now through your elevated thoughts, with the power of your mind, give them liberation through any method, whether is it through words, relationships and connections, good wishes and pure feelings, vibrations or the atmosphere.

49चिल्ला रहे हैं मुक्ति दो , बापदादा अपने राइट हैण्डस को कहते हैं रहम करो . chillā rahē haĩ mukti dō , bāpdādā apnē right hands kō kahtē haĩ rahm karō . chillānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] , bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] right hand kō[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . cry[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] liberation (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) , BapDada one’s own right hand to say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] mercy do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

52They are crying out: Give us liberation! 53BapDada is telling His right hands: Have mercy!

50अभी तक हिसाब निकालो . abhī tak hisāb nikālō . ab[adv.hī] tak hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now until account x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 51चाहे मेगा प्रोग्राम किया है , चाहे कान्फ्रेन्स की है , चाहे भारत में या विदेश में सेंटर भी खोले हैं लेकिन टोटल विश्व के आत्माओं की संख्या के हिसाब से कितनी परसेन्ट में आत्माओं को मुक्ति का रास्ता बताया है  ? chāhē mega programme kiyā hai , chāhē conference kī hai , chāhē bhārat mē̃ yā vidēśh mē̃ centre bhī khōlē haĩ lēkin total viśhva K|kē ātmāō̃ key|kī saṅkhyā K|kē hisāb sē kitnī percent mē̃ ātmāō̃ kō mukti kā rāstā batāyā hai  ? chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē mega programme[x] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē conference karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yā vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] centre bhī[p.] khōlnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin total viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] percent mē̃[postp.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rāstā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] batānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) mega programme do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) conference do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) Bharat in or abroad in centre too open[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but total world (K|of) soul (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x (K|of) account from so % in soul to liberation of path tell[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

54Calculate until now in all the mega programmes, conferences you have had in Bharat, and the centres you have opened abroad, according to the total population of souls in the world, what percentage of souls have you shown the path of liberation to?

52सिर्फ भारत कल्याणकारी हो या विदेश में जो भी 5 खण्ड हैं , तो जहाँ-जहाँ सेवाकेन्द्र खोले हैं वहाँ के कल्याणकारी हो वा विश्व कल्याणकारी हो  ? sirph bhārat kalyāṇkārī hō yā vidēśh mē̃ jō bhī 5 khaṇḍ haĩ , tō jahā̃-jahā̃ sēvākēndra khōlē haĩ vahā̃ K|kē kalyāṇkārī hō vā viśhva kalyāṇkārī hō  ? sirph[adj.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] 5 khaṇḍ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , tō jahā̃ sēvākēndra[n.m.;sg.,d.] khōlnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vahā̃ K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] vā viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? only Bharat beneficial (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or abroad in that too 5 land be[pres.pl.12hon3] , then where there centre open[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] there (K|of) beneficial (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or world beneficial (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ?

55Are you benefactors of just Bharat or abroad, of the five continents? 56Wherever you have opened a centre, are you the benefactors of that place or benefactors of the world?

53विश्व का कल्याण करने के लिए हर एक बच्चे को बाप का हैण्ड , राइड हैण्ड बनना है . viśhva kā kalyāṇ karnē kē liē har ēk bachchē kō bāp kā hand , right hand bannā hai . viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hand , right hand[x] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . world of benefit do[inf.m.pl.,o.] for each one child to father of hand , right hand become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

57In order to benefit the world, each one of you children has to become the right hand of the Father.

54किसको भी कुछ दिया जाता है तो किससे दिया जाता है  ? kiskō bhī kuchh diyā jātā hai tō kissē diyā jātā hai  ? kaun[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] kuchh dēnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|dēnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] tō kaun[pn.sg.sē] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|dēnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive]  ? who[.kō] too anything (give[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|give[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) then who[.sē] (give[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|give[pres.sg.m.23.passive])  ?

58You are right hands, are you not? 59When you give something to someone, how do you give it?

55हाथों से दिया जाता है ना . hāthō̃ sē diyā jātā hai nā . hāth[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|dēnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] nā . hand from (give[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|give[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) ∅ .

60You give it with your hands, do you not?

56तो बापदादा के आप हैण्डस हो ना , हाथ हो ना . tō bāpdādā K|kē āp hands hō nā , hāth hō nā . tō bāpdādā K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] hand hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā , hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . then BapDada (K|of) you hand (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ , hand (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .

61So, you are BapDada's hands, are you not? 62You are His hands.

57तो बापदादा राइट हैण्डस से पूछते हैं , कितनी परसेन्ट का कल्याण किया है  ? tō bāpdādā right hands sē pūchhtē haĩ , kitnī percent kā kalyāṇ kiyā hai  ? tō bāpdādā right hand sē[postp.] pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] percent kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? then BapDada right hand from ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , so % of benefit do[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

63So, BapDada is asking His right hands what percentage of souls have you benefited?

58कितनी परसेन्ट का किया है  ? kitnī percent kā kiyā hai  ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] percent kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? so % of do[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

64What percentage have you benefited?

59सुनाओ , हिसाब निकालो . sunāō , hisāb nikālō . sunānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , account x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

65Tell Baba. 66Calculate this.

60पाण्डव हिसाब करने में होशियार हैं ना  ? pāṇḍav hisāb karnē mē̃ hōśhiyār haĩ nā  ? pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā  ? Pandava account do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in clever be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅  ?

67Pandavas are clever in calculating, are you not?

61इसीलिए बापदादा कहते हैं अब स्व-पुरुषार्थ और सेवा के भिन्न-भिन्न विधियों द्वारा पुरुषार्थ तीव्र करो . isīliē bāpdādā kahtē haĩ ab sva-puruṣhārth aur sēvā K|kē bhinn-bhinn vidhiyō̃ dvārā puruṣhārth tīvr karō . isīliē bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ab[adv.] sva-puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhinn[adj.] vidhi[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] dvārā puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] tīvr[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] now efforts of oneself and service (K|of) different method through effort intense do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

68This is why BapDada says: Now, intensify the efforts of the self and the efforts through the different methods of service.

62स्व की स्थिति में भी चार बातें विशेष चेक करो - इसको कहेंगे तीव्र पुरुषार्थ . sva key|kī sthiti mē̃ bhī chār bātē̃ viśhēṣh check karō - iskō kahē̃gē tīvr puruṣhārth . sva key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] chār[adj.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] . x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) stage in too four matter special check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - this[.kō] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] intense effort .

69In terms of the stage of the self, also especially check four things. 70This is called intense effort.

63एक बात - पहले यह चेक करो कि निमित्त भाव है  ? ēk bāt - pahlē yah check karō ki nimitt bhāv hai  ? ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] - pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yah[pn.sg.d.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? one matter - (x|firstly) this check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that instrument consciousness be[pres.sg.23]  ?

71Firstly, check whether you have the feeling of being an instrument.

64कोई भी रॉयल रूप का मैं पन तो नहीं है  ? kōī bhī royal rūp kā maĩ pan tō nahī̃ hai  ? kōī bhī[x] royal rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? anyone royal Rup of I x then not be[pres.sg.23]  ?

72Is there any royal form of the consciousness of "I"?

65मेरापन तो नहीं है  ? mērāpan tō nahī̃ hai  ? mērēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? x then not be[pres.sg.23]  ?

73Is there any consciousness of "mine"?

66साधारण लोगों का मैं और मेरा भी साधारण है , मोटा है लेकिन ब्राह्मण जीवन का मेरा और मैं पन सूक्ष्म और रॉयल है . sādhāraṇ lōgō̃ kā maĩ aur mērā bhī sādhāraṇ hai , mōṭā hai lēkin brāhmaṇ jīvan kā mērā aur maĩ pan sūkṣhma aur royal hai . sādhāraṇ[adj.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] aur maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bhī[p.] sādhāraṇ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , mōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] aur maĩ[pn.sg.d.] pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sūkṣhma[adj.] aur royal hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ordinary people of I and I[.kā] too ordinary be[pres.sg.23] , gross be[pres.sg.23] but Brahmin life of I[.kā] and I x subtle and royal be[pres.sg.23] .

74For ordinary people, "I" and "mine" are ordinary, they are gross. 75However, in Brahmin life, "mine" and "I" are subtle and royal. 76Do you know what the language of that is?

67उसकी भाषा मालूम है क्या है  ? uskī bhāṣhā mālūm hai kyā hai  ? vah[pn.sg.kī] bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] mālūm[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? that[.kī] language x be[pres.sg.23] what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

77"This happens all the time. 78This continues all the time.

68यह तो होता ही है , यह तो चलता ही है . yah tō hōtā hī hai , yah tō chaltā hī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō chalnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this then be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , this then continue[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

79This will happen. 80We are moving along, we are seeing..."

69यह तो होना ही है . yah tō hōnā hī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this then be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

81So, one is to be an instrument (nimit).

70चल रहे हैं , देख रहे हैं . chal rahē haĩ , dēkh rahē haĩ . chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . continue[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . 71तो एक निमित्त भाव , हर बात में निमित्त हैं . tō ēk nimitt bhāv , har|her bāt mē̃ nimitt haĩ . tō ēk[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] , harnā[root]|har|her bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then one instrument consciousness , (x[root]|x) matter in instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

82You are an instrument in every way - whether in service, in your stage, in your relationships and connections.

72चाहे सेवा में , चाहे स्थिति में , चाहे सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में , चेहरा और चलन निमित्त भाव का हो . chāhē sēvā mē̃ , chāhē sthiti mē̃ , chāhē sambandh-sampark mē̃ , chēhrā aur chalan nimitt bhāv kā hō . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) service in , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) stage in , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) x in , face and behaviour instrument consciousness of (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

83Your face and activity should be that of an instrument. 84The second speciality of that would be - feeling of an instrument and humble (nirman).

73और उसकी दूसरी विशेषता होगी - निर्मान भावना . aur uskī dūsrī viśhēṣhtā hōgī - nirmān bhāvnā . aur vah[pn.sg.kī] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] - nirmān[adj.] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] . and that[.kī] other speciality be[fut.f.sg.23] - humble feeling . 74निमित्त और निर्मान भाव से निर्माण करना . nimitt aur nirmān bhāv sē nirmāṇ karnā . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur nirmān[adj.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . instrument and humble consciousness from creation do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

85An instrument and humility. 86To be an instrument and to carry out the renewal (nirmaan) with humility.

75तो तीन बातें सुनी - निमित्त , निर्मान और निर्माण और चौथी बात है - निर्वाण . tō tīn bātē̃ sunī - nimitt , nirmān aur nirmāṇ aur chauthī bāt hai - nirvāṇ . tō tīn[adj.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sunnā[past-part.f.] - nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] , nirmān[adj.] aur nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur chauthā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - nirvāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] . then x matter listen[past-part.f.] - instrument , humble and creation and fourth matter be[pres.sg.23] - nirvana .

87So you heard three things - instrument, humility, renewal, and the fourth aspect is to be beyond sound (nirvana).

76जब चाहे निर्वाणधाम में पहुँच जायें . jab chāhē nirvāṇdhām mē̃ pahũch jāyē̃ . jab chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē nirvāṇdhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . when (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) land of nirvana in reach[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

88Reach the land beyond sound whenever you want.

77निर्वाण स्थिति में स्थित हो जायें क्योंकि स्वयं निर्वाण स्थिति में होंगे तब दूसरों को निर्वाणधाम में पहुँचा सकेंगे . nirvāṇ sthiti mē̃ sthit hō jāyē̃ kyōṅki svayã nirvāṇ sthiti mē̃ hōṅgē tab dūsrō̃ kō nirvāṇdhām mē̃ pahuñchā sakē̃gē . nirvāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] kyōṅki svayã nirvāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tab dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] nirvāṇdhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . nirvana stage in stabilised be[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] because x nirvana stage in be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] for only then other to land of nirvana in cause to reach[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] .

89Become stable in the stage beyond sound because only when you yourself are in the stage beyond sound will you enable other souls to reach the land beyond sound.

78अभी सभी मुक्ति चाहते हैं छुडाओ , छुडाओ चिल्ला रहे हैं . abhī sabhī mukti chāhtē haĩ chuḍāō , chuḍāō chillā rahē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x , x chillānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . now all liberation x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x , x cry[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

90Now, everyone wants liberation. 91They are crying out: Liberate us!

79तो यह चार बातें अच्छी परसेन्ट में प्रैक्टिकल जीवन में होना अर्थात् तीव्र पुरुषार्थी . tō yah chār bātē̃ achchhī percent mē̃ practical jīvan mē̃ hōnā arthāt tīvr puruṣhārthī . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] chār[adj.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] percent mē̃[postp.] practical jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[adj.] . then this four matter achcha % in practical life in be[inf.m.sg.d.] that is intense effort-maker .

92Liberate us! 93So, to have these four things in a good percentage in your practical life means to be an intense effort-maker.

80तब बापदादा कहेंगे वाह . tab bāpdādā kahē̃gē vāh . tab bāpdādā kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vāh . for only then BapDada say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] wah! .

94Then BapDada will say: Wah!

81वाह  ! vāh  ! vāh  ! wah!  ! 82बच्चे वाह  ! bachchē vāh  ! bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh  ! child wah!  !

95Wah children, wah!

83आप भी कहो वाह  ! āp bhī kahō vāh  ! āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vāh  ! you too say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] wah!  ! 84बाबा वाह  ! bābā vāh  ! bābā vāh  ! Baba wah!  !

96You too would say: Wah, Baba wah!

85वाह  ! vāh  ! vāh  ! wah!  ! 86ड्रामा वाह  ! drama vāh  ! drama vāh  ! drama wah!  !

97Wah, drama wah!

87वाह  ! vāh  ! vāh  ! wah!  ! 88पुरुषार्थ वाह  ! puruṣhārth vāh  ! puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāh  ! effort wah!  !

98Wah, effort, wah!

89लेकिन पता है अभी क्या करते हो  ? lēkin patā hai abhī kyā kartē hō  ? lēkin patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ab[adv.hī] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? but knowledge be[pres.sg.23] now what do[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

99But do you know what you say?

90पता है  ? patā hai  ? patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? knowledge be[pres.sg.23]  ?

100Do you?

91कभी वाह  ! kabhī vāh  ! kabhī[adv.] vāh  ! ever wah!  ! 92कहते हो कभी व्हाई कहते हो . kahtē hō kabhī why kahtē hō . kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] kabhī[adv.] why kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] . say[pres.pl.m.2] ever x say[pres.pl.m.2] .

101Sometimes you say "Wah" and sometimes, you say, "Why?"

93वाह  ! vāh  ! vāh  ! wah!  ! 94के बजाए व्हाई , और व्हाई हो जाता है हाय . kē bajāē why , aur why hō jātā hai hāy . kē bajāē[x] why , aur why hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] hāy . instead of x , and x be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] Hai! .

102Instead of "Why", it becomes "Hai" (distress).

95तो व्हाई नहीं , वाह  ! tō why nahī̃ , vāh  ! tō why nahī̃[neg] , vāh  ! then x not , wah!  ! 96आपको भी क्या अच्छा लगता है , वाह . āpkō bhī kyā achchhā lagtā hai , vāh . āp[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] kyā achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] , vāh . you[.kō] too what enjoy , wah! .

103So, let it not be "Why?" but "Wah!"

97अच्छा लगता है या व्हाई  ? achchhā lagtā hai yā why  ? achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] yā why  ? enjoy or x  ?

104What do you like? 105Wah or why?

98क्या अच्छा लगता है वाह . kyā achchhā lagtā hai vāh . kyā achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] vāh . what enjoy wah! .

106What do you like? 107(Wah).

99कभी प्लाई नहीं करते हो  ? kabhī plāī nahī̃ kartē hō  ? kabhī[adv.] x nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? ever x not do[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

108Do you never say, "Why?"

100गलती से भी आ जाता है . galatī|galtī sē bhī ā jātā hai . galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|galnā[pres-part.f.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . (mistake|x[pres-part.f.]) from too come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

109Does it come by mistake?

101डबल फारेनर्स व्हाई-व्हाई कहते हैं  ? double foreigners why-why kahtē haĩ  ? double foreigner why kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? double foreigner x say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

110Do the double foreigners say, "Why? why?"

102कभी-कभी कह देते हो  ? kabhī-kabhī kah dētē hō  ? kabhī[adv.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā]  ? ever say[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā]  ?

111Do you say this? 112Do you say "Why?"

103जो डबल फारेनर्स कभी भी व्हाई नहीं कहते वह हाथ उठाओ . jō double foreigners kabhī bhī why nahī̃ kahtē vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] double foreigner kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] why nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that double foreigner ever too x not say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that raise your hands .

113Do you sometimes say it? 114Those who never say "Why?" raise your hands.

104बहुत थोडे हैं . bahut thōḍē haĩ . bahut thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . very short be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

115There are very few of you.

105अच्छा - भारतवासी जो वाह  ! achchhā - bhāratvāsī jō vāh  ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - bhāratvāsī[adj.] jō[pn.;d.] vāh  ! achcha - people of Bharat that wah!  ! 106वाह  ! vāh  ! vāh  ! wah!  !

116Of the residents of Bharat, those who say "Why?

107के बजाए क्यो-क्या कहते है वह हाथ उठाओ . kē bajāē kyō-kyā kahtē hai vah hāth uṭhāō . kē bajāē[x] x kahnā[x] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . instead of x say[x] that raise your hands .

117What?" instead of "Wah, wah", raise your hand.

108क्यो-क्या कहते हो  ? kyō-kyā kahtē hō  ? x kahnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? x say[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

118Do you say, "Why?" or "What?"?

109किसने छुट्टी दी है आपको  ? kisnē chhuṭṭī dī hai āpkō  ? kaun[pn.sg.nē] chhuṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] āp[pn.pl.kō]  ? who[.nē] permission give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] you[.kō]  ?

119Who has given you permission?

110सस्कारो ने  ? saskārō nē  ? x nē[postp.]  ? x ∅  ?

120Your sanskars?

111पुराने सस्कारो ने आपको व्हाई की छुट्टी दे दी है और बाप कहते है वाह  ! purānē saskārō nē āpkō why key|kī chhuṭṭī dē dī hai aur bāp kahtē hai vāh  ! purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x nē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kō] why key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] chhuṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[x] vāh  ! old x ∅ you[.kō] x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) permission give[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] and father say[x] wah!  ! 112वाह  ! vāh  ! vāh  ! wah!  !

121Your old sanskars have given you permission to say "Why? why?" and the Father says, "Say: Wah, wah!"

113कहो . kahō . kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 114व्हाई-व्हाई नहीं . why-why nahī̃ . why nahī̃[neg] . x not .

122Do not say, "Why?

115तो अभी नये वर्ष में क्या करेंगे  ? tō abhī nayē varṣh mē̃ kyā karē̃gē  ? tō ab[adv.hī] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then now new year in what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

123Why?" 124So, now, what will you do in the New Year?

116वाह . vāh . vāh . wah! . 117वाह  ! vāh  ! vāh  ! wah!  ! 118करेंगे  ? karē̃gē  ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

125Will you say, "Wah, wah"?

119या कभी-कभी व्हाई कहने की छुट्टी दे दे  ? yā kabhī-kabhī why kahnē key|kī chhuṭṭī dē dē  ? yā kabhī[adv.] why kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] chhuṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[opt.sg.23.root+dēnā]  ? or ever x say[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) permission give[opt.sg.23.root+dēnā]  ?

126Or, should Baba give you permission to sometimes say "Why? why?"?

120व्हाई अच्छा नहीं है . why achchhā nahī̃ hai . why achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x achcha not be[pres.sg.23] .

127"Why?" is not good.

121जैसे वाई हो जाती है ना , तो खराब हो जाता है ना . jaisē vāī hō jātī hai nā , tō kharāb hō jātā hai nā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] nā , tō kharāb[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] nā . like problem with gas be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] ∅ , then bad be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ∅ . 122तो व्हाई वाई है , यह नहीं करो . tō why vāī hai , yah nahī̃ karō . tō why vāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then x problem with gas be[pres.sg.23] , this not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

128When you have a gas problem (vai - gas problem in Hindi), your stomach is upset, is it not?

123वाह  ! vāh  ! vāh  ! wah!  ! 124वाह  ! vāh  ! vāh  ! wah!  ! 125कितना अच्छा लगता है . kitnā achchhā lagtā hai . kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . so enjoy .

129So, "Why?" is like a gastric problem.

126हाँ बोलो , वाह . hā̃ bōlō , vāh . hā̃ bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , vāh . yes speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , wah! .

130Do not do this.

127वाह  ! vāh  ! vāh  ! wah!  ! 128वाह  ! vāh  ! vāh  ! wah!  !

131"Wah, wah!" seems so good.

129अच्छा - तो दूरदेश में सुन रहे हैं , देख रहे हैं - भारत में भी विदेश में भी , उन बच्चों से भी पूछते हैं वाह  ! achchhā - tō dūrdēśh mē̃ sun rahē haĩ , dēkh rahē haĩ - bhārat mē̃ bhī vidēśh mē̃ bhī , un bachchō̃ sē bhī pūchhtē haĩ vāh  ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - tō dūrdēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] - bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] , vah[pn.pl.o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vāh  ! achcha - then faraway land in listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] - Bharat in too abroad in too , that child from too ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] wah!  ! 130वाह  ! vāh  ! vāh  ! wah!  ! 131करते हो या व्हाई , व्हाई करते हो  ? kartē hō yā why , why kartē hō  ? karnā[pres.pl.m.2] yā why , why karnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? do[pres.pl.m.2] or x , x do[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

132All of you also say, "Wah, wah".. those who are listening and seeing from far away in Bharat and abroad, Baba is also asking those children: Do you say "Wah, wah" or "Why? why?"?

132अभी विदाई का दिन है ना  ! abhī vidāī kā din hai nā  ! ab[adv.hī] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! now farewell of day be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

133Today, it is the day of farewell.

133आज वर्ष के विदाई का लास्ट डे है . āj varṣh K|kē vidāī kā last ḍē|day hai . āj varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] last dēnā[root]|day hōnā[pres.sg.23] . today year (K|of) farewell of last (give[root]|x) be[pres.sg.23] .

134Today is the day of farewell, the last day of the year.

134तो सभी संकल्प करो - व्हाई नहीं कहेंगे . tō sabhī saṅkalp karō - why nahī̃ kahē̃gē . tō sab[adv.hī] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - why nahī̃[neg] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then all thought do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - x not say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

135So, all of you have the thought that you will no longer say "Why?".

135सोचेंगे भी नहीं . sōchē̃gē bhī nahī̃ . sōchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] . think[fut.m.pl.12hon3] too not .

136You will not even think about it.

136क्वेशचन मार्क नहीं , आश्चर्य की मात्रा नहीं , बिन्दी . kvēśacan mark nahī̃ , āśhcharya kī mātrā nahī̃ , bindī . x mark nahī̃[neg] , āśhcharya kī mātrā[x] nahī̃[neg] , bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . x mark not , x not , point .

137Not a question mark, not an exclamation mark, just a full-stop.

137क्वेश्चन मार्क लिखो , कितना टेढा है और बिन्दी कितनी सहज है . question mark likhō , kitnā ṭēḍhā hai aur bindī kitnī sahaj hai . question mark[x] likhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ṭeṛhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x write[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , so twisting be[pres.sg.23] and point so easy be[pres.sg.23] .

138When you write a question mark, it is so crooked, whereas to write a full-stop is so easy.

138बस नयनों में बाप बिन्दू को समा दो . bas nayanō̃ mē̃ bāp bindū kō samā dō . basnā[root]|bas nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . (x[root]|simply) eye in father point to merge[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .

139Simply merge the Father, the Point, in your eyes.

139जैसे नयनों में देखने की बिन्दी समाई हुई है ना  ! jaisē nayanō̃ mē̃ dēkhnē key|kī bindī samāī huī hai nā  ! jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] samānā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā  ! like eye in see[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) point merge[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅  ! 140ऐसे ही सदा नयनों में बिन्दू बाप को समा लो . aisē hī sadā nayanō̃ mē̃ bindū bāp kō samā lō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] sadā nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] . such only constantly eye in point father to merge[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] .

140Just as the pupil with which you see is in the eye, in the same way, always merge the Father, the Point, in your eyes.

141समाने आता है  ? samānē ātā hai  ? samānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? merge[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

141Do you know how to merge Him?

142आता है या फिट नहीं होती है  ? ātā hai yā fit nahī̃ hōtī hai  ? ānā[pres.sg.m.23] yā fit nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23]  ? come[pres.sg.m.23] or x not be[pres.sg.f.23]  ?

142Or does it not fit?

143नीचे ऊपर हो जाती है ' तो क्या करेंगे  ? nīchē ūpar hō jātī hai ' tō kyā karē̃gē  ? nīchē ūpar hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] ' tō kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? down over be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] ' then what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

143Does it go up or down? 144So, what will you do?

144विदाई किसको देंगे  ? vidāī kiskō dēgē  ? vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kaun[pn.sg.kō] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? farewell who[.kō] give[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

145What will you bid farewell to?

145व्हाई को  ? why kō  ? why kō[postp.]  ? x to  ?

146To "Why?"

146कभी भी आमर्य की निशानी भी नहीं आवे , यह कैसे  ! kabhī bhī āmarya key|kī niśhānī bhī nahī̃ āvē , yah kaisē  ! kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] x key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]  ! ever too x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) sign too not come[opt.sg.23] , this how  !

147Let there never be the sign of even an exclamation mark: How is this possible?

147यह भी होता है क्या  ! yah bhī hōtā hai kyā  ! yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] kyā  ! this too be[pres.sg.m.23] what  !

148Does this also happen?

148होना तो नहीं चाहिए , क्यो होता है  ! hōnā tō nahī̃ chāhiē , kyō hōtā hai  ! hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō nahī̃[neg] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , x hōnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ! be[inf.m.sg.d.] then not (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , x be[pres.sg.m.23]  !

149"It should not happen, so why does it happen?"

149क्येसन मार्क नहीं , आर्ब्य की मात्रा भी नहीं . kyēsan mark nahī̃ , ārbya key|kī mātrā bhī nahī̃ . x mark nahī̃[neg] , x key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mātrā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] . x mark not , x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) trace too not .

150Let there be no question mark or even an exclamation mark.

150बस बाप और मैं . bas bāp aur maĩ . basnā[root]|bas bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur maĩ[pn.sg.d.] . (x[root]|simply) father and I .

151Just the Father and I.

151कई बच्चे कहते हैं यह तो चलता ही है ना  ! kaī bachchē kahtē haĩ yah tō chaltā hī hai nā  ! kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] tō chalnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! some child say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] this then continue[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

152Many children say, "This takes place all the time, does it not?"

152बापदादा को बहुत रमणीक बातें रूहरिहान में कहते हैं , सामने तो कह नहीं सकते हैं ना . bāpdādā kō bahut ramaṇīk bātē̃ rūhrihān mē̃ kahtē haĩ , sāmnē tō kah nahī̃ saktē haĩ nā . bāpdādā kō[postp.] bahut ramaṇīk[adj.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] rūhrihān[x] mē̃[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , sāmnē tō kahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . BapDada to very entertaining matter spiritual conversation in say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , x then say[root] not can[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ . 153तो रूहरिहान में सबकुछ कह देते हैं . tō rūhrihān mē̃ sabkuchh kah dētē haĩ . tō rūhrihān[x] mē̃[postp.] sab kuchh[pn.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . then spiritual conversation in everything say[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .

153They tell BapDada very entertaining things in their heart-to-heart conversations. 154They can't tell Baba everything personally, face to face, and so they tell everything in their heart-to- heart conversations.

154अच्छा कुछ भी चलता है लेकिन आपको चलना नहीं है , आपको उडना है तो चलने की बातें क्यों देखते हो , उडो और उडाओ . achchhā kuchh bhī chaltā hai lēkin āpkō chalnā nahī̃ hai , āpkō uḍanā hai tō chalnē key|kī bātē̃ kyō̃ dēkhtē hō , uḍō aur uḍāō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kuchh bhī[x] chalnā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kō] chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , āp[pn.pl.kō] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kyō̃ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.2] , x aur x . achcha anything continue[pres.sg.m.23] but you[.kō] continue[inf.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] , you[.kō] x be[pres.sg.23] then continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) matter why see[pres.pl.m.2] , x and x .

155OK, whatever happens is fine (chalta hai - going along), but you don't have to walk (chalna - to walk), you have to fly. 156So, why do you look at the things that just move along.

155शुभ भावना , शुभ कामना ऐसी शक्तिशाली है जो बीच में सिर्फ व्हाई नहीं आवे , सिवाए शुभ भावना , शुभ कामना के , तो इतनी पावरफुल है जो किसी अशुभ भावना वाले को भी शुभ भावना में बदल सकते हो . śhubh bhāvnā , śhubh kāmnā aisī śhaktiśhālī hai jō bīch mē̃ sirph why nahī̃ āvē , sivāē śhubh bhāvnā , śhubh kāmnā K|kē , tō itnī powerful hai jō kisī aśhubh bhāvnā vālē kō bhī śhubh bhāvnā mē̃ badal saktē hō . śhubh bhāvnā[x] , śhubh kāmnā[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] bīch mē̃[postp.] sirph[adj.] why nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.sg.23] , sivāē śhubh bhāvnā[x] , śhubh kāmnā[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , tō itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] powerful hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] aśhubh[adj.] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] mē̃[postp.] badalnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . pure feeling , good wishes such powerful be[pres.sg.23] that centre in only x not come[opt.sg.23] , except pure feeling , good wishes (K|of) , then such powerful be[pres.sg.23] that (some|anything) impure feeling those who to too pure feeling in change[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .

157Fly and make others fly. 158Good wishes and pure feelings are so powerful, but there should be no "why?" in-between. 159There should be nothing except good wishes and pure feelings. 160These are so powerful that you can transform someone with impure feelings with your own pure feelings.

156सेकण्ड नम्बर - अगर बदल नहीं सकते हो तो भी आपकी शुभ भावना , शुभ कामना अविनाशी है , कभी-कभी वाली नहीं , अविनाशी है तो आपके ऊपर अशुभ भावना का प्रभाव नहीं पड सकता है . second number - agar badal nahī̃ saktē hō tō bhī āpkī śhubh bhāvnā , śhubh kāmnā avināśhī hai , kabhī-kabhī vālī nahī̃ , avināśhī hai tō āpkē ūpar aśhubh bhāvnā kā prabhāv nahī̃ paḍ saktā hai . second number[x] - agar badal[n.m.;sg.,d.]|badalnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres.pl.m.2] tō bhī[x] āp[pn.pl.kī] śhubh bhāvnā[x] , śhubh kāmnā[x] avināśhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kabhī[adv.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nahī̃[neg] , avināśhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō āp[pn.pl.kē] ūpar aśhubh[adj.] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . x - if (x|change[root]) not can[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ you[.kī] pure feeling , good wishes imperishable be[pres.sg.23] , ever those who not , imperishable be[pres.sg.23] then you[.kē] over impure feeling of x not fall[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .

161OK, if you are unable to transform them, then the second option is: If your good wishes and pure feelings are imperishable, not those for just some time, but imperishable, then you cannot be influenced by their impure feelings.

157क्वेश्चन में चले जाते हो , यह क्यों हो रहा है  ? question mē̃ chalē jātē hō , yah kyō̃ hō rahā hai  ? question mē̃[postp.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.2.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[pres.pl.m.2.passive] , yah[pn.sg.d.] kyō̃ hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23]  ? question in (continue[pres.pl.m.2.past-part+jānā]|continue[pres.pl.m.2.passive]) , this why be[pres.sg.m.prog.23]  ?

162When you begin to ask, "Why is this happening?

158यह कब तक चलेगा  ? yah kab tak chalēgā  ? yah[pn.sg.d.] kab tak chalnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? this when until continue[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

163How long will this continue?

159कैसे चलेगा  ? kaisē chalēgā  ? kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chalnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? how continue[fut.m.sg.23]  ? 160इससे शुभ भावना की शक्ति कम हो जाती है . issē śhubh bhāvnā key|kī śhakti kam hō jātī hai . yah[pn.sg.sē] śhubh bhāvnā[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kam hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . this[.sē] pure feeling (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti decrease .

164How will this continue?", then the power of good wishes reduces.

161नहीं तो शुभ भावना , शुभ कामना इस संकल्प शक्ति में बहुत शक्ति है . nahī̃ tō śhubh bhāvnā , śhubh kāmnā is saṅkalp śhakti mē̃ bahut śhakti hai . nahī̃ tō[x] śhubh bhāvnā[x] , śhubh kāmnā[x] yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bahut śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . otherwise pure feeling , good wishes this thought Shakti in very Shakti be[pres.sg.23] .

165Otherwise, the thoughts of your good wishes and pure feelings have a lot of power.

162देखो , आप सभी आये बापदादा के पास . dēkhō , āp sabhī āyē bāpdādā kē pās . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] bāpdādā kē pās[x] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , you all (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) BapDada to .

166Look, all of you came to BapDada.

163पहला दिन याद करो , बापदादा ने क्या किया  ? pahlā din yād karō , bāpdādā nē kyā kiyā  ? pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bāpdādā nē[postp.] kyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? x day remember , BapDada ∅ what do[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

167Remember your first day. 168What did BapDada do?

164चाहे पतित आये , चाहे पापी आये , चाहे साधारण आये , भिन्न - भिन्न वृत्ति वाले , भिन्न-भिन्न भावना वाले आये , बापदादा ने क्या किया  ? chāhē patit āyē , chāhē pāpī āyē , chāhē sādhāraṇ āyē , bhinn - bhinn vr̥itti vālē , bhinn-bhinn bhāvnā vālē āyē , bāpdādā nē kyā kiyā  ? chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē patit[adj.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē pāpī[adj.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē sādhāraṇ[adj.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] , bhinn[adj.] - bhinn[adj.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , bhinn[adj.] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] , bāpdādā nē[postp.] kyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) impure (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) sinner (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) ordinary (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) , different - different attitude those who , different feeling those who (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) , BapDada ∅ what do[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

169Whether it was impure ones, sinful ones, ordinary ones or those with different attitudes and different feelings who came, what did BapDada do? 170He had good wishes for you, did He not?

165शुभ भावना रखी ना  ! śhubh bhāvnā rakhī nā  ! śhubh bhāvnā[x] rakhnā[past-part.f.] nā  ! pure feeling keep[past-part.f.] ∅  !

171You are Mine.

166मेरे हो , मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान हो , दिलतख्त नशीन हो , यह शुभ भावना रखी ना , शुभ कामना रखी ना , उससे ही तो बाप के बन गये ना . mērē hō , master sarvśhaktivān hō , diltakhta naśhīn hō , yah śhubh bhāvnā rakhī nā , śhubh kāmnā rakhī nā , ussē hī tō bāp K|kē ban gayē nā . maĩ[pn.sg.kē] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , diltakht[n.m.;sg.,d.] naśhīn[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] rakhnā[past-part.f.] nā , śhubh kāmnā[x] rakhnā[past-part.f.] nā , vah[pn.sg.sē] hī[p.] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] nā . I[.kē] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , master Almighty Authority (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , heart throne seated (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , this pure feeling keep[past-part.f.] ∅ , good wishes keep[past-part.f.] ∅ , that[.sē] only then father (K|of) become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ∅ .

172You are master almighty authorities. 173You are seated on the heart-throne. 174He had these good wishes and pure feelings for you, did He not? 175It is with this that you belonged to the Father.

167बाप ने कहा क्या कि हे पापी क्यों आये हो  ? bāp nē kahā kyā ki hē pāpī kyō̃ āyē hō  ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kyā ki[conj.] hē pāpī[adj.] kyō̃ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2]  ? father ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] what that x sinner why come[pres-perf.pl.m.2]  ?

176Did the Father ever say, "Why have you sinners come?"

168शुभ भावना रखी , मेरे बच्चे , मास्टर सर्व शक्तिवान बच्चे , जब बाप ने आप सबके ऊपर शुभ भावना रखी , शुभ कामना रखी तो आपके दिल ने क्या कहा  ? śhubh bhāvnā rakhī , mērē bachchē , master sarv śhaktivān bachchē , jab bāp nē āp sabkē ūpar śhubh bhāvnā rakhī , śhubh kāmnā rakhī tō āpkē dil nē kyā kahā  ? śhubh bhāvnā[x] rakhnā[past-part.f.] , maĩ[pn.sg.kē] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , master sarv[adj.] śhaktivān[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , jab bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ūpar śhubh bhāvnā[x] rakhnā[past-part.f.] , śhubh kāmnā[x] rakhnā[past-part.f.] tō āp[pn.pl.kē] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kyā kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? pure feeling keep[past-part.f.] , I[.kē] child , master all x child , when father ∅ you everyone's over pure feeling keep[past-part.f.] , good wishes keep[past-part.f.] then you[.kē] heart ∅ what say[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

177He always had good wishes, "You are My children. 178You are master almighty authorities." 179When the Father had good wishes and pure feelings for you, what did your heart say?

169मेरा बाबा . mērā bābā . maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā . I[.kā] Baba .

180"My Baba".

170बाप ने क्या कहा  ? bāp nē kyā kahā  ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kyā kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? father ∅ what say[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

181And what did the Father say?

171मेरे बच्चे . mērē bachchē . maĩ[pn.sg.kē] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] . I[.kē] child .

182"My children".

172ऐसे ही अगर शुभ भावना , शुभ कामना रखेगे तो क्या दिखाई देगा  ? aisē hī agar śhubh bhāvnā , śhubh kāmnā rakhēgē tō kyā dikhāī dēgā  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] agar śhubh bhāvnā[x] , śhubh kāmnā[x] x tō kyā dikhāī dēnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? such only if pure feeling , good wishes x then what be visible  ?

183If you continue to have good wishes and pure feelings in the same way, what will you be able to see?

173मेरा कल्प पहले वाला मीठा भाई , मेरी सिकीलधी बहन . mērā kalp pahlē vālā mīṭhā bhāī , mērī sikīladhī bahan . maĩ[pn.sg.kā] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , maĩ[pn.sg.kī] sikīladhē[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] . I[.kā] cycle (x|firstly) those who sweet (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) , I[.kī] beloved, long-lost and now-found x .

184My sweet brother of the previous cycle, my long-lost and now-found sister.

174परिवर्तन हो जायेगा . parivartan hō jāyēgā . parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . transformation be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .

185Transformation will take place.

175तो इस वर्ष में कुछ करके दिखाना . tō is varṣh mē̃ kuchh karkē dikhānā . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kuchh karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then this year in anything do[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] .

186So this year, demonstrate this by doing something.

176सिर्फ हाथ नहीं उठाना . sirph hāth nahī̃ uṭhānā . sirph[adj.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . only hand not uplift[inf.m.sg.d.] .

187Don't just raise your hands.

177हाथ उठाना बहुत सहज है . hāth uṭhānā bahut sahaj hai . hāth uṭhānā[x] bahut sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . raise your hands very easy be[pres.sg.23] .

188It is very easy to raise your hands.

178मन का हाथ उठाना क्योंकि बहुत काम रहा हुआ है . man kā hāth uṭhānā kyōṅki bahut kām rahā huā hai . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[x] kyōṅki bahut kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahānā[root]|rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . mind of raise your hands because very (task|lust) (enable to live[root]|remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

189Raise the hand of your mind. 190Why? 191Is there a lot of work still to be done?

179बापदादा तो नजर करते हैं , विश्व की आत्माओ के ऊपर तो बहुत तरस पडता है . bāpdādā tō najar kartē haĩ , viśhva key|kī ātmāō kē ūpar tō bahut taras paḍtā hai . bāpdādā tō nazar[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] tō bahut taras[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada then glance do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , world (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) soul over then very mercy fall[pres.sg.m.23] .

192When BapDada looks around and sees the souls of the world, He feels a lot of mercy.

180अब प्रकृति भी तंग हो गई है . ab prakr̥iti bhī taṅg hō gaī hai . ab[adv.] prakr̥iti[x] bhī[p.] taṅg hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . now matter too be distressed .

193Now, even the elements of nature are fed up.

181प्रकृति खुद तंग हो गई है , तो क्या करें  ? prakr̥iti khud taṅg hō gaī hai , tō kyā karē̃  ? prakr̥iti[x] khud taṅg hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , tō kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3]  ? matter oneself be distressed , then what do[opt.pl.12hon3]  ?

194Nature itself is now fed up, so what can she do?

182आत्माओं को तंग कर रही है . ātmāō̃ kō taṅg kar rahī hai . ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] taṅg[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . soul to x do[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .

195She is causing distress to souls.

183और बाप बच्चों को देखके तरस में आ जाते हैं . aur bāp bachchō̃ kō dēkhkē taras mē̃ ā jātē haĩ . aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] taras[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . and father child to see[abs.] mercy in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

196And seeing the children, the Father feels mercy.

184आप सबको तरस नहीं आता  ? āp sabkō taras nahī̃ ātā  ? āp[pn.pl.] sabkō taras[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ? you everything mercy not come[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

197Do all of you not feel mercy?

185सिर्फ खबर सुनकर चुप हो जाते हो , बस , इतनी आत्मायें चली गईं . sirph khabar sunkar chup hō jātē hō , bas , itnī ātmāyē̃ chalī gaī̃ . sirph[adj.] khabar[n.f.;sg.] sunnā[abs.] chup[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] , basnā[root]|bas , itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] chalnā[past-part.f.] x . only x listen[abs.] silence be[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] , (x[root]|simply) , such soul continue[past-part.f.] x .

198You hear the news and you become quiet. 199That is all. 200So many souls have gone.

186वो आत्मायें सन्देश से तो वंचित रह गई . vō ātmāyē̃ sandēśh sē tō vañchit rah gaī . vah[pn.;d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sandēśh[x] sē[postp.] tō vañchit[adj.] rahnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . that soul message from then deprived remain[past-part.f..root+jānā] .

201Those souls have been deprived of Baba's message.

187अभी तो दाता बनो , रहमदिल बनो . abhī tō dātā banō , merciful banō . ab[adv.hī] tō dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , merciful bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now then bestower become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , merciful become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

202At least now become bestowers, become merciful.

188यह तब होगा , रहम तब आयेगा जब इस वर्ष के आरम्भ से अपने में बेहद की वैराग्य वृत्ति इमर्ज करो . yah tab hōgā , rahm tab āyēgā jab is varṣh K|kē ārambh sē apnē mē̃ bēhad key|kī vairāgya vr̥itti emerge karō . yah[pn.sg.d.] tab hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] tab ānā[fut.m.sg.23] jab yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ārambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] bēhad[adj.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] emerge karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this for only then be[fut.m.sg.23] , mercy for only then come[fut.m.sg.23] when this year (K|of) x from one’s own in unlimited (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) disinterest attitude emerge do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

203This will only happen, and you will have mercy only when the attitude of unlimited disinterest emerges in yourself right from the start of this year.

189बेहद की वैराग्य वृत्ति . bēhad key|kī vairāgya vr̥itti . bēhad[adj.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . unlimited (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) disinterest attitude .

204An attitude of unlimited disinterest.

190यह देह की , देहभान की स्मृति , यह भी बेहद के वैराग्य की कमी है . yah dēh key|kī , dēhbhān key|kī smr̥iti , yah bhī bēhad K|kē vairāgya key|kī kamī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , dēhbhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bēhad[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this body (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , body consciousness (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) awareness , this too unlimited (K|of) disinterest (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x be[pres.sg.23] .

205The awareness of the body and body consciousness is also a lack of the awareness of unlimited disinterest.

191छोटी-छोटी हद की बातें स्थिति को डगमग करती है , कारण  ? chhōṭī-chhōṭī had key|kī bātē̃ sthiti kō ḍagmag kartī hai , kāraṇ  ? chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] had[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] ḍagmag[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23] , kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]  ? small x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) matter stage to rocking do[pres.sg.f.23] , because  ?

206Little things, trivial, limited things make your stage fluctuate. 207What is the reason?

192बेहद की वैराग्य वृत्ति कम है , लगाव है . bēhad key|kī vairāgya vr̥itti cum|kam hai , lagāv hai . bēhad[adj.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lagāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . unlimited (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) disinterest attitude (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] , attachment be[pres.sg.23] .

208The attitude of unlimited disinterest is lacking. 209There is attachment.

193वैराग्य नहीं है लगाव है . vairāgya nahī̃ hai lagāv hai . vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lagāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . disinterest not be[pres.sg.23] attachment be[pres.sg.23] .

210There isn't disinterest, but there is attachment.

194जब बिल्कुल बेहद के वैरागी बन जायेंगे , वत्ति में भी वैरागी , दृष्टि में भी बेहद के वैरागी , सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में , सेवा में सबमें बेहद के वैरागी … तभी मुक्तिधाम का दरवाजा खुलेगा . jab bilkul bēhad K|kē vairāgī ban jāyēṅgē , vatti mē̃ bhī vairāgī , dr̥iṣhṭi mē̃ bhī bēhad K|kē vairāgī , sambandh-sampark mē̃ , sēvā mē̃ sabmē̃ bēhad K|kē vairāgī … tabhī muktidhām kā darvājā khulēgā . jab bilkul[adv.] bēhad[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vairāgī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , x mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] vairāgī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] bēhad[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vairāgī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sabmē̃ bēhad[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vairāgī[n.m.;sg.,d.] … tabhī muktidhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] darvājā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khulnā[fut.m.sg.23] . when at all unlimited (K|of) one who has disinterest become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , x in too one who has disinterest , drishti in too unlimited (K|of) one who has disinterest , x in , service in x unlimited (K|of) one who has disinterest … x land of liberation of door open up[fut.m.sg.23] .

211When you have complete unlimited disinterest, when there is disinterest even in your attitude, disinterest in your vision, in your relationships and connections, and in service, only then will the gates to the land of liberation open.

195अभी तो जो आत्मायें आ रही हैं फिर जन्म लेंगी , फिर दुःखी होगी . abhī tō jō ātmāyē̃ ā rahī haĩ phir janma lē̃gī , phir duḥkhī hōgī . ab[adv.hī] tō jō[pn.;d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] janma lēnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] duḥkhī[adj.]|duḥkhnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . now then that soul come[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] (then|turn[root]) x , (then|turn[root]) (unhappy|hurt[past-part.f.]) be[fut.f.sg.23] .

212The souls that leave now will take rebirth and again experience sorrow.

196अब मुक्तिधाम का गेट खोलने के निमित्त तो आप हो ना  ? ab muktidhām kā get|gate khōlnē kē nimitt tō āp hō nā  ? ab[adv.] muktidhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] get|gate khōlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] tō āp[pn.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ? now land of liberation of (get|gate) open[inf.m.pl.,o.] x then you (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  ? 197ब्रह्मा बाप के साथी हो ना  ! brahmā bāp K|kē sāthī hō nā  ! brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ! Brahma father (K|of) companion (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  !

213But you are the ones who are the instruments to open the gates to the land of liberation, are you not?

198तो बेहद की वैराग्य वृत्ति है गेट खोलने की चाबी . tō bēhad key|kī vairāgya vr̥itti hai get|gate khōlnē key|kī chābī . tō bēhad[adj.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] get|gate khōlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . then unlimited (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) disinterest attitude be[pres.sg.23] (get|gate) open[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) key .

214You are companions of Father Brahma, are you not?

199अभी चाबी नहीं लगी है , चाबी तैयार ही नहीं की है . abhī chābī nahī̃ lagī hai , chābī taiyār hī nahī̃ kī hai . ab[adv.hī] chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] taiyār[adj.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . now key not x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , key x only not do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .

215So, the attitude of unlimited disinterest is the key to open the gates.

200ब्रह्मा बाप भी इन्तजार कर रहा है , एडवांस पार्टी भी इन्तजार कर रही है , प्रकृति भी इन्तजार कर रही है , तंग हो गई है बहुत . brahmā bāp bhī intjār kar rahā hai , advance party bhī intjār kar rahī hai , prakr̥iti bhī intjār kar rahī hai , taṅg hō gaī hai bahut . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , advance party[x] bhī[p.] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , prakr̥iti[x] bhī[p.] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , taṅg hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] bahut . Brahma father too wait do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , advance party too wait do[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , matter too wait do[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , be distressed very .

216The key has not yet been used; the key has not even been made yet. 217Even Father Brahma is still waiting. 218The advance party is also waiting. 219The elements of nature are also waiting.

201माया भी अपने दिन गिनती कर रही है . māyā bhī apnē din gintī kar rahī hai . māyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] ginnā[pres-part.f.]|gintī[x] karnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . Maya too one’s own day (x[pres-part.f.]|x) do[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .

220They are very fed up. 221Even Maya is counting her days.

202अभी बोलो हे मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान , बोलो क्या करना है  ? abhī bōlō hē master sarvśhaktivān , bōlō kyā karnā hai  ? ab[adv.hī] bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] hē master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] , bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? now speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x master Almighty Authority , speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ?

222Now speak, O master almighty authorities. 223Tell Me what you are going to do.

203इस वर्ष में कोई नवीनता तो करेंगे ना  ! is varṣh mē̃ kōī navīntā tō karē̃gē nā  ! yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] tō karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ! this year in some newness then do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  !

224This year, you will bring about some newness, will you not?

204नया वर्ष कहते हैं तो नवीनता तो करेंगे ना . nayā varṣh kahtē haĩ tō navīntā tō karē̃gē nā . nayā varṣh[x] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō navīntā[n.f.;sg.] tō karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . New Year say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then newness then do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .

225You call it the New Year, and so you will do something new, will you not?

205अभी बेहद के वैराग्य की , मुक्तिधाम जाने की चाबी तैयार करो . abhī bēhad K|kē vairāgya key|kī , muktidhām jānē key|kī chābī taiyār karō . ab[adv.hī] bēhad[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , muktidhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānnā[opt.sg.23]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now unlimited (K|of) disinterest (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , land of liberation (know[opt.sg.23]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) key x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

226So, now prepare the key for having an attitude of unlimited disinterest, and for going to the land of liberation.

206आप सभी को भी तो पहले मुक्तिधाम में जाना है ना . āp sabhī kō bhī tō pahlē muktidhām mē̃ jānā hai nā . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] muktidhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . you all to too then (x|firstly) land of liberation in (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) ∅ .

227All of you are also going to go to the land of liberation first, are you not?

207ब्रह्मा बाप से वायदा किया है - साथ चलेंगे , साथ आयेंगे , साथ में राज्य करेंगे , साथ में भक्ति करेंगे . brahmā bāp sē vāydā kiyā hai - sāth chalē̃gē , sāth āyēṅgē , sāth mē̃ rājya karē̃gē , sāth mē̃ bhakti karē̃gē . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] - sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rājya karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhakti[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . Brahma father from promise do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] - with continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , with come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , with in x , with in devotion do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

228You promised Father Brahma that you will go with him, that you will come down with him, that you will rule the kingdom with him and perform devotion with him.

208तो अभी तैयारी करो , इस वर्ष में करेंगे कि दूसरा वर्ष चाहिए  ? tō abhī taiyārī karō , is varṣh mē̃ karē̃gē ki dūsrā varṣh chāhiē  ? tō ab[adv.hī] taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon]  ? then now x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , this year in do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that other year (should|x[imp.pl.2hon])  ?

229So, now make preparations. 230Will you do it this year or do you want another year?

209जो समझते हैं इस वर्ष में अटेंशन प्लीज , बार-बार करेंगे वह हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtē haĩ is varṣh mē̃ attention please , bār-bār karē̃gē vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] attention please[x] , bār[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] this year in x , time do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that raise your hands .

231Those who think that they will repeatedly have "attention please", raise your hands.

210करेंगे  ? karē̃gē  ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

232Will you do it?

211फिर तो एडवांस पार्टी आपको बहुत मुबारक देगी . phir tō advance party āpkō bahut mubārak dēgī . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] tō advance party[x] āp[pn.pl.kō] bahut mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[fut.f.sg.23] . (then|turn[root]) then advance party you[.kō] very congratulations give[fut.f.sg.23] .

233Then the advance party will give you many congratulations.

212वह भी थक गये हैं . vah bhī thak gayē haĩ . vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] thaknā, phathaknā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . that too become desperate[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

234They too are tired.

213अच्छा - टीचर्स क्या कहती हैं  ? achchhā - teachers kyā kahtī haĩ  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - teacher kyā kahnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3]  ? achcha - teacher what say[pres.pl.f.12hon3]  ?

235Achcha, what are the teachers saying?

214पहली लाइन क्या कहती है  ? pahlī line kyā kahtī hai  ? pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] line kyā kahnā[pres.sg.f.23]  ? x line what say[pres.sg.f.23]  ?

236What are those in the first row saying?

215पहले तो पहली लाइन के पाण्डव और पहली लाइन की शक्तियाँ जो करेंगे वह हाथ उठाओ . pahlē tō pahlī line K|kē pāṇḍav aur pahlī line key|kī śhaktiyā̃ jō karē̃gē vah hāth uṭhāō . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] line K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] line key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x|firstly) then x line (K|of) Pandava and x line (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti that do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that raise your hands .

237First of all, the Shaktis and Pandavas in the first row, who will do this? 238Raise your hands.

216आधा हाथ नहीं , आधा उठायेंगे तो कहेंगे आधा करेंगे . ādhā hāth nahī̃ , ādhā uṭhāyēṅgē tō kahē̃gē ādhā karē̃gē . ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] , ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] uṭhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . half hand not , half uplift[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] half do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

239Not half way; if you raise your hands half way, it will be said that you will only do it by half.

217लम्बा हाथ उठाओ . lambā hāth uṭhāō . lambā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x raise your hands .

240Raise your hands high.

218अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

241Achcha.

219मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो . mubārak hō , mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

242Congratulations. 243Congratulations.

220अच्छा - डबल विदेशी हाथ उठाओ . achchhā - double vidēśhī hāth uṭhāō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha - double foreigner raise your hands .

244Baba is asking the double foreigners to raise their hands.

221एक दो में देखो किसने नहीं उठाया है . ēk dō mē̃ dēkhō kisnē nahī̃ uṭhāyā hai . ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kaun[pn.sg.nē] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] who[.nē] not uplift[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

245Double foreigners, look at one another and see who hasn't raised his or her hand.

222अच्छा , यह सिन्धी ग्रूप भी हाथ उठा रहा है , कमाल है . achchhā , yah sindhī group bhī hāth uṭhā rahā hai , kamāl hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] sindhī[adj.] group bhī[p.] hāth uṭhānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha , this x group too raise your hands , x be[pres.sg.23] .

246It is not possible to see from far away. 247Achcha. 248This Sindhi group is also raising their hands; it is a wonder!

223आप भी करेंगे  ? āp bhī karē̃gē  ? āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? you too do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

249Will you also do this?

224सिन्धी ग्रूप करेंगे  ? sindhī group karē̃gē  ? sindhī[adj.] group karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? x group do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

250Will the Sindhi group do this?

225तब तो डबल मुबारक हो . tab tō double mubārak hō . tab tō double mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . for only then then double congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

251Then, double congratulations.

226बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .

252Very good.

227एक दो को साथ देकर , शुभभावना का इशारा देते , हाथ में हाथ मिलाते करना ही है . ēk dō kō sāth dēkar , śhubhbhāvnā kā iśhārā dētē , hāth mē̃ hāth milātē karnā hī hai . ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[abs.] , śhubh bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] milānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to with give[abs.] , pure feeling of signal give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , hand in hand x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

253Whilst giving company to one another, whilst signaling with good wishes, and with joined hands, you have to do it.

228अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

254Achcha.

229 ( सभा में कोई ने आवाज की ) सब बैठ जाओ , नथिंग न्यू . ( sabhā mē̃ kōī nē āvāj key|kī ) sab baiṭh jāō , nothing new . ( sabhā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] nē[postp.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ) sab[adj.] baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , nothing new[x] . ( court in some ∅ noise (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) ) all sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , nothing new .

255(Someone in the gathering shouted.) 256Everyone, sit down. 257It is nothing new.

230मधुबन निवासी  : मधुबन वाले हाथ उठाओ , अच्छा ऊपर भी जो सुन रहे हैं वह हाथ उठा रहे हैं . madhuban nivāsī  : madhuban vālē hāth uṭhāō , achchhā ūpar bhī jō sun rahē haĩ vah hāth uṭhā rahē haĩ . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.]  : madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ūpar bhī[p.] jō[pn.;d.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . Madhuban resident  : Madhuban those who raise your hands , achcha over too that listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that raise your hands .

258Achcha, those from Madhuban, raise your hands! 259Those who are listening upstairs (in Madhuban) are also raising their hands.

231देश-विदेश वाले हाथ उठा रहे हैं . dēśh-vidēśh vālē hāth uṭhā rahē haĩ . dēśh-vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . x those who raise your hands .

260Even those in this land and abroad are raising their hands.

232अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

261It is good.

233संगठन में शक्ति है , एक दो को शुभ भावना का इशारा , बोलना नहीं , बोलेंगे तो झगडा हो जायेगा . saṅgaṭhan mē̃ śhakti hai , ēk dō kō śhubh bhāvnā kā iśhārā , bōlnā nahī̃ , bōlē̃gē tō jhagaḍā hō jāyēgā . saṅgaṭhan[x] mē̃[postp.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , bōlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , bōlnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō x hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . gathering in Shakti be[pres.sg.23] , one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to pure feeling of signal , speak[inf.m.sg.d.] not , speak[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then x be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .

262There is power in a gathering. 263Give one another the signal of good wishes. 264Do not say anything. 265If you tell anyone anything, there will be a quarrel.

234शुभ भावना का इशारा दो . śhubh bhāvnā kā iśhārā dō . śhubh bhāvnā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . pure feeling of signal (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .

266Just give a signal with good wishes.

235शुभ भावना का इशारा देना जानते हो ना , शुभ भावना का इशारा दे सकते हो  ? śhubh bhāvnā kā iśhārā dēnā jāntē hō nā , śhubh bhāvnā kā iśhārā dē saktē hō  ? śhubh bhāvnā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā , śhubh bhāvnā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ? pure feeling of signal give[inf.m.sg.d.] know[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ , pure feeling of signal give[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ?

267You know how to signal with good wishes, do you not? 268You can give a signal of good wishes. 269Achcha.

236अच्छा - बापदादा खुश है जो बापदादा ने डायमण्ड हाल बनवाया है , उसको सफल कर रहे हैं इसीलिए सफलता भव . achchhā - bāpdādā khuśh hai jō bāpdādā nē diamond hall|hāl banvāyā hai , uskō saphal kar rahē haĩ isīliē saphaltā bhav . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] diamond hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] banvānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.kō] saphal[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] isīliē saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] bhav|bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] . achcha - BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] that BapDada ∅ diamond (hall|x) create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that[.kō] successful do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] x success (may you be|x) .

270BapDada is pleased that the Diamond Hall that BapDada had built is being used in a worthwhile way. 271Therefore, may you be successful.

237हर सेकण्ड को , हर संकल्प को , हर बोल को , हर कदम को , हर वस्तु को सफल करो और सफल कराओ . har|her second kō , har|her saṅkalp kō , har|her bōl kō , har|her kadam kō , har|her vastu kō saphal karō aur saphal karāō . harnā[root]|har|her second kō[postp.] , harnā[root]|har|her saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] , harnā[root]|har|her bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] , harnā[root]|har|her kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] , harnā[root]|har|her vastu[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] saphal[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur saphal[adj.] karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x[root]|x) second to , (x[root]|x) thought to , (x[root]|x) (speak[root]|x) to , (x[root]|x) step to , (x[root]|x) thing to successful do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and successful make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

272Use every second, every thought, every word, every step and every object in a worthwhile way and enable others to use everything in a worthwhile way also.

23812 बजे के बाद इस नये वर्ष में बापदादा की तरफ से पहला वरदान अपने को देना - सफलता भव . 12 bajē kē bād is nayē varṣh mē̃ bāpdādā key|kī taraph sē pahlā vardān apnē kō dēnā - saphaltā bhav . 12 bajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bajnā[opt.sg.23]|bajā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kē bād[x] yah[pn.sg.o.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] - saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] bhav|bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] . 12 (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|o'clock) after this new year in BapDada (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) direction from x blessing one’s own to give[inf.m.sg.d.] - success (may you be|x) .

273This year, after midnight, give yourself the first blessing on behalf of BapDada: May you be successful.

239संकल्प भी असफल नहीं हो क्योकि आपका एक शुभ संकल्प विश्व का कल्याण करने वाला है . saṅkalp bhī asaphal nahī̃ hō kyōki āpkā ēk śhubh saṅkalp viśhva kā kalyāṇ karnē vālā hai . saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] asaphal[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.kā] ēk[adj.] śhubh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . thought too wasteful not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) because you[.kā] one pure and positive thought world of benefit do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] .

274Even your thoughts should not be unsuccessful because even one pure thought of yours will benefit the world.

240इतना अमूल्य है . itnā amūlya hai . itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] amūlya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such invaluable be[pres.sg.23] .

275It is so invaluable.

241एक-एक सेकण्ड विश्व कल्याण का आधार है . ēk-ēk second viśhva kalyāṇ kā ādhār hai . ēk[adj.] second viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . one second world benefit of basis be[pres.sg.23] . 242इसीलिए सफल करो सफलता मूर्त बनो . isīliē saphal karō saphaltā mūrt banō . isīliē saphal[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x successful do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] success image become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

276One second is the basis of world benefit. 277Therefore, use everything in a worthwhile way and become an embodiment of success.

243बस यह चेक करो सेकण्ड जो बीता , संकल्प जो चला , सफल हुआ  ? bas yah check karō second jō bītā , saṅkalp jō chalā , saphal huā  ? basnā[root]|bas yah[pn.sg.d.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] second jō[pn.;d.] bītnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] chalnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|chalānā[root] , saphal[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? (x[root]|simply) this check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] second that pass[past-part.m.sg.d.] , thought that (continue[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) , successful be[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

278Simply check this: Was the second that passed or the thought you had successful?

244तो सभी आज मैजारिटी पट में बैठे है , यह पटरानियाँ हैं , यह कोच रानियाँ है , कोच राने हैं , कुर्सी राने और कुर्सी रानियाँ और आप पटरानी हो . tō sabhī āj majority paṭ mē̃ baiṭhē hai , yah paṭarāniyā̃ haĩ , yah kōc rāniyā̃ hai , kōc rānē haĩ , kursī rānē aur kursī rāniyā̃ aur āp paṭrānī hō . tō sab[adv.hī] āj majority paṭ[adj.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[x] , yah[pn.sg.d.] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] x rāṇī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , x x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kursī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x aur kursī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rāṇī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] aur āp[pn.pl.] paṭrānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then all today majority x in sit[x] , this x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , this x queen be[pres.sg.23] , x x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , chair x and chair queen and you x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 245मजा है ना . majā hai nā . mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . pleasure be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

279So, today, the majority are sitting on the floor. 280Those on the floor are the queens of the floor, and these people are the queens and kings of the couches and chairs. 281There is pleasure in this, is there not?

246थक तो नहीं गये हैं  ? thak tō nahī̃ gayē haĩ  ? thaknā, phathaknā[root] tō nahī̃[neg] jānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? become desperate[root] then not go[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

282You are not tired, are you?

247क्योंकि आज लम्बा समय है ना  ! kyōṅki āj lambā samay hai nā  ! kyōṅki āj lambā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! because today x time be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

283Today, it has been a long time.

248और तीन बजे से लेके जगह पकड लेते हैं . aur tīn bajē sē lēkē jagah pakaḍ lētē haĩ . aur tīn[adj.] bajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bajnā[opt.sg.23]|bajā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] lēnā[abs.] jagah[n.f.;sg.] x lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . and x (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|o'clock) from take[abs.] x x take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

284And you came to get your seat at 3.00 pm.

249बापदादा सब देखता रहता है . bāpdādā sab dēkhtā rahtā hai . bāpdādā sab[adj.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] . BapDada all see[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] .

285BapDada continues to see everything.

250जो 3 - 4 बजे से हाल में आये हैं वह हाथ उठाओ . jō 3 - 4 bajē sē hall|hāl mē̃ āyē haĩ vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] 3 - 4 bajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bajnā[opt.sg.23]|bajā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that 3 - 4 (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|o'clock) from (hall|x) in come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that raise your hands .

286Those who came to the hall from 3.00 or 4.00 pm, raise your hands.

251टीवी . में देखो कितने हैं  ? TV . mē̃ dēkhō kitnē haĩ  ? T V . mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? TV . in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

287Look at the TV, how many there are!

252सारे ही हाथ उठा रहे हैं . sārē hī hāth uṭhā rahē haĩ . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] hāth uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . the whole only raise your hands .

288They are all raising their hands.

253कोई 3 बजे कोई 4 बजे आये . kōī 3 bajē kōī 4 bajē āyē . kōī[pn.;d.] 3 bajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bajnā[opt.sg.23]|bajā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] 4 bajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bajnā[opt.sg.23]|bajā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] . some 3 (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|o'clock) some 4 (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|o'clock) (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) .

289Some came at 3.00, some at 4.00 pm.

254तीन बजे आने वालों को त्रिलोकीनाथ का वरदान है . tīn bajē ānē vālō̃ kō trilōkīnāth kā vardān hai . tīn[adj.] bajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bajnā[opt.sg.23]|bajā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] trilōkīnāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|o'clock) (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who to x of blessing be[pres.sg.23] .

290Those who came at 3.00 pm; you have the blessing of being Trilokinath.

255भक्ति में बहुत किया है ना , तो साल में एक बारी यहाँ भी कर लेते हैं . bhakti mē̃ bahut kiyā hai nā , tō sāl mē̃ ēk bārī yahā̃ bhī kar lētē haĩ . bhakti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bahut karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā , tō sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yahā̃ bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] . devotion in very do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ , then year in one x here too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] .

291You have done a lot on the path of devotion, and so you also do it here, once a year.

256अपने राज्य में यह नहीं होगा . apnē rājya mē̃ yah nahī̃ hōgā . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . one’s own kingdom in this not be[fut.m.sg.23] .

292It will not be like this in your kingdom.

257लेकिन वहाँ न बाप आयेगा , न आप आयेंगे . lēkin vahā̃ na bāp āyēgā , na āp āyēṅgē . lēkin vahā̃ na[neg] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] , na[neg] āp[pn.pl.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . but there not father come[fut.m.sg.23] , not you come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 258बैठेगे कहाँ . baiṭhēgē kahā̃ . x kahā̃ . x where .

293The Father won't come there, and neither will you.

259अभी मजा ले लो . abhī majā lē lō . ab[adv.hī] mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] . now pleasure take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] .

294Where will you sit?

260पट में नहीं बैठे हो , बापदादा तो आपको दिलतख्त पर देख रहे हैं . paṭ mē̃ nahī̃ baiṭhē hō , bāpdādā tō āpkō diltakhta par dēkh rahē haĩ . paṭ[adj.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , bāpdādā tō āp[pn.pl.kō] diltakht[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . x in not sit[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , BapDada then you[.kō] heart throne (at|other) see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

295So, experience the pleasure now. 296You are not sitting on the floor.

261लेकिन दृश्य बहुत अच्छा लग रहा है . lēkin dr̥iśhya bahut achchhā lag rahā hai . lēkin dr̥iśhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . but x very enjoy .

297BapDada is seeing you seated on the heart-throne.

262सब बिन्दु होकर बैठे हैं . sab bindu hōkar baiṭhē haĩ . sab[adj.] bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[abs.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . all point be[abs.] sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

298The scene is a very beautiful one.

263सर्दी लग रही है  ? sardī lag rahī hai  ? sardī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23]  ? cold x[pres.sg.f.prog.23]  ?

299All of you are sitting as points.

264सर्दी भाग गई ना  ! sardī bhāg gaī nā  ! sardī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhāgnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] nā  ! cold run[past-part.f..root+jānā] ∅  ! 265अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

300Are you feeling cold?

266 ( आज हाल में 15 - 16 हजार भाई बहने बैठे है ) ( āj hall|hāl mē̃ 15 - 16 hajār bhāī bahnē baiṭhē hai ) ( āj hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] 15 - 16 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] baiṭhnā[x] ) ( today (hall|x) in 15 - 16 1000 (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) x[inf.m.pl.,o.] sit[x] )

301The cold has gone away, has it not? 302Achcha.

267अभी - अभी एक सेकण्ड में बिन्दु बन बिन्दु बाप को याद करो और जो भी कोई बाते हो उसको बिन्दु लगाओ . abhī - abhī ēk second mē̃ bindu ban bindu bāp kō yād karō aur jō bhī kōī bātē hō uskō bindu lagāō . ab[adv.hī] - ab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.kō] bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now - now one second in point (become[root]|x) point father to remember and that too some matter (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that[.kō] point attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

303Now become a point in one second and remember the Father, the Point, and whatever situations there are, put a full-stop to them.

268लगा सकते हो  ? lagā saktē hō  ? lagānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ? attach[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ?

304Can you do that?

269बस एक सेकण्ड में “ मैं बाबा का , बाबा मेरा . bas ēk second mē̃ “ maĩ bābā kā , bābā mērā . basnā[root]|bas ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] “ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] bābā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , bābā maĩ[pn.sg.kā] . (x[root]|simply) one second in “ I Baba of , Baba I[.kā] .

305In one second, I am Baba's and Baba is mine.

270' ' अच्छा . ' ' achchhā . ' ' achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . ' ' achcha .

306Achcha.

271सेवा का टर्न - महाराष्ट्रः अच्छा - हर जोन को सेवा का गोल्डन चांस मिलता है . sēvā kā turn - mahārāṣṭraḥ achchhā - har|her zone kō sēvā kā golden chance miltā hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum - x achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - harnā[root]|har|her zone kō[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] golden chance milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . service of you - x achcha - (x[root]|x) zone to service of golden chance receive[pres.sg.m.23] .

307It is the turn of Maharashtra to serve everyone: You get a good golden chance. 308Every zone receives a golden chance.

272इन 15 - 2० दिनो में सच्चे ब्राह्मणों की सेवा कर अपने पुण्य की कोठियाँ भर देते हैँ क्योंकि अच्छी सेवा करते हैँ तो सबके दिल से क्या निकलता है  ? in 15 - 2० dinō mē̃ sachchē brāhmaṇō̃ key|kī sēvā kar apnē puṇya key|kī kōṭhiyā̃ bhar dētē haĩ kyōṅki achchhī sēvā kartē haĩ tō sabkē dil sē kyā nikaltā hai  ? in|yah[pn.pl.o.] 15 - 2० x mē̃[postp.] sachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[root] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] x bharnā[root] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x kyōṅki achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x tō sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kyā nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? (in|this) 15 - 2० x in true Brahmin (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service do[root] one’s own charity (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x fill[root] give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x because achcha service do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x then everyone's heart from what be extracted[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

309In these 15-20 days, you fill your store-house of charity by serving true Brahmins. 310Why? 311You do good service and so what emerges in everyone's heart?

273बहुत अच्छा , बहुत अच्छा , बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā , bahut achchhā , bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha , very achcha , very achcha .

312Very good, very good, very good!

274तो यह दुआयें पुण्य के खाते में जमा हो जाती है . tō yah duāyē̃ puṇya K|kē khātē mē̃ jamā hō jātī hai . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] jamnā[x] jānā[pres.sg.f.23] . then this blessing charity (K|of) (account|eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]) in x[x] go[pres.sg.f.23] .

313So, these blessings are accumulated in your account of charity.

275तो किसी को भी पुण्य का खाता जमा करना सहज है , योगबल से तो होता ही है लेकिन यह कर्म करते भी अगर पुण्य का खाता जमा करना है तो कर्मयोगी स्थिति में यज्ञ सेवा करो तो आपका खाता भरपूर हो ही जायेगा . tō kisī kō bhī puṇya kā khātā jamā karnā sahaj hai , yōgbal sē tō hōtā hī hai lēkin yah karma kartē bhī agar puṇya kā khātā jamā karnā hai tō karmayōgī sthiti mē̃ yagya sēvā karō tō āpkā khātā bharpūr hō hī jāyēgā . tō kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] puṇya kā khātā[x] jamā karnā[x] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yōgbal[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] tō hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] agar puṇya kā khātā[x] jamā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō karmyōgī[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō āp[pn.pl.kā] khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] bharpūr[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] jānā[fut.m.sg.23] . then (some|anything) to too accounts of charity accumulate easy be[pres.sg.23] , power of yoga from then be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] but this deed do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too if accounts of charity accumulate then karma yogi stage in sacrificial fire service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then you[.kā] (account|eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]) full (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only go[fut.m.sg.23] .

314It is easy for any one of you to accumulate in your account of charity. 315You do this with the power of yoga anyway, but if you want to accumulate in your account of charity even whilst performing these actions, then serve the yagya in the karma-yogi stage and your account will overflow.

276यह सहज विधि है . yah sahaj vidhi hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this easy method be[pres.sg.23] .

316This is an easy method.

277महाराष्ट्र तो है , महाराष्ट्र की संख्या भी महा है . mahārāṣhṭra tō hai , mahārāṣhṭra key|kī saṅkhyā bhī mahā hai . mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] , mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] mahān, mahā hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Maharashtra then be[pres.sg.23] , Maharashtra (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x too great be[pres.sg.23] .

317You are from Maharashtra and the numbers from Maharashtra are great (large number).

278सेंटर्स भी ज्यादा हैं , गीता पाठशालायें तो बेशुमार हैं . centres bhī jyādā haĩ , gītā pāṭhśhālāyē̃ tō bēśhumār haĩ . centre bhī[p.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , gītā[n.f.;sg.] pāṭhśhālā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] tō bēśhumār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . centre too more be[pres.pl.12hon3] , Gita pathshala then x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

318There are many centres, and there are countless Gita Pathshalas.

279अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

319It is good.

280बापदादा तो देखते हैं जो भी अपने स्व-इच्छा से अपने को सेवा में जीवन सहित समर्पण करते हैं , उन सभी समर्पित बच्चों को शरीर निर्वाह का साधन अवश्य सहज प्राप्त होता है . bāpdādā tō dēkhtē haĩ jō bhī apnē sv-icchā sē apnē kō sēvā mē̃ jīvan sahit samarpaṇ kartē haĩ , un sabhī samarpit bachchō̃ kō śharīr nirvāh kā sādhan avaśhya sahaj prāpt hōtā hai . bāpdādā tō dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x sē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahit samarpaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] sab[adv.hī] samarpit[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] nirvāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] avaśhya sahaj[adj.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada then see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that too one’s own x from one’s own to service in life including surrender do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that all x child to body livelihood of facilities x easy reached be[pres.sg.m.23] .

320BapDada sees that all those who surrender their lives for service out of their own desire, those surrendered children definitely easily attain a means for their livelihood.

281खाओ , पिओ प्रभु के गुण गाओ . khāō , piō prabhu K|kē guṇ gāō . khānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , pīnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] prabhu K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . eat[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , drink[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] God (K|of) virtue sing[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

321Eat, drink and sing praise of God.

282सेवा करते हैं , भाषण करते हैं , कोर्स कराते हैं , यह क्या है  ? sēvā kartē haĩ , bhāṣhaṇ kartē haĩ , course karātē haĩ , yah kyā hai  ? sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , course karānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , lecture do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , course make commit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , this what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

322When you do service, give lectures and courses, what is that?

283प्रभु के गुण ही तो गाते हैं . prabhu K|kē guṇ hī tō gātē haĩ . prabhu K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] tō gānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . God (K|of) virtue only then sing[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 284और दाल रोटी देने के लिए तो बापदादा बँधा हुआ है . aur dāl rōṭī dēnē kē liē tō bāpdādā bandhā huā hai . aur dāl[n.f.;sg.] rōṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] tō bāpdādā bandhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . and dal roti give[inf.m.pl.,o.] for then BapDada be tied[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

323You are only singing God's praise at that time, are you not? 324And BapDada is bound to give you daal and roti.

28536 प्रकार का भोजन नहीं खिलायेगा , वह कभी-कभी खिला देगा . 36 prakār kā bhōjan nahī̃ khilāyēgā , vah kabhī-kabhī khilā dēgā . 36 prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhōjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] khilānā[fut.m.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] kabhī[adv.] khilnā[fut.m.sg.23.past-part+dēnā]|khilānā[fut.m.sg.23.root+dēnā] . 36 form of food not feed[fut.m.sg.23] , that ever (in bloom[fut.m.sg.23.past-part+dēnā]|feed[fut.m.sg.23.root+dēnā]) .

325He may not feed you 36 varieties of food; you will only sometimes be given that.

286तो बहुत अच्छा - चाहे ट्रस्टी बनके भी सेवा कर रहे हैं , अगर ट्रस्टी है , सच्चे ट्रस्टी , मतलब के ट्रस्टी नहीं , सच्चे ट्रस्टी हैं तो बापदादा कभी भूखा नहीं रख सकता . tō bahut achchhā - chāhē trustee bankē bhī sēvā kar rahē haĩ , agar trustee hai , sachchē trustee , matlab K|kē trustee nahī̃ , sachchē trustee haĩ tō bāpdādā kabhī bhūkhā nahī̃ rakh saktā . tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē trustee bannā[abs.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , agar trustee hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] trustee , matlab[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] trustee nahī̃[neg] , sachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] trustee hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō bāpdādā kabhī[adv.] bhūkhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . then very achcha - (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) trustee become[abs.] too service do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , if trustee be[pres.sg.23] , true trustee , x (K|of) trustee not , true trustee be[pres.pl.12hon3] then BapDada ever hungry not keep[root] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

326That is also very good. 327Even if you are serving as trustees, if you are trustees - true trustees, not selfish trustees - if you are true trustees, then BapDada can never let you go hungry. 328He will definitely give you daal and roti.

287दाल रोटी जरूर खिलायेगा क्योकि बापदादा भूखा रहता है क्या  ? dāl rōṭī jarūr khilāyēgā kyōki bāpdādā bhūkhā rahtā hai kyā  ? dāl[n.f.;sg.] rōṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] zarūr khilānā[fut.m.sg.23] kyōṅki bāpdādā bhūkhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] kyā  ? dal roti definitely feed[fut.m.sg.23] because BapDada hungry remain[pres.sg.m.23] what  ?

329Does BapDada remain hungry? 330BapDada doesn't remain hungry because all of you offer bhog.

288जब बापदादा भूखा नहीं रहता , सभी भोग लगाते हैं . jab bāpdādā bhūkhā nahī̃ rahtā , sabhī bhōg lagātē haĩ . jab bāpdādā bhūkhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , sab[adv.hī] bhōg lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . when BapDada hungry not remain[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , all x .

331All of you do offer bhog, do you not?

289आप सभी भोग लगाते हैं ना , चतुराई तो नहीं करते , एक गिट्टी खिलाओ , बाकी भूल जाओ , नहीं . āp sabhī bhōg lagātē haĩ nā , chaturāī tō nahī̃ kartē , ēk giṭṭī khilāō , bākī bhūl jāō , nahī̃ . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bhōg lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā , chaturāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , ēk[adj.] giṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] khilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bākī|bākī bhūl jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , nahī̃[neg] . you all x ∅ , x then not do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , one x feed[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (others|but) x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , not .

332You don't become too tricky at that time, do you? 333Not that you feed Baba one morsel and you then forget Him, no!

290अगर ट्रस्टी हैं तो भी बापदादा बँधा हुआ है . agar trustee haĩ tō bhī bāpdādā bandhā huā hai . agar trustee hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō bhī[x] bāpdādā bandhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . if trustee be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ BapDada be tied[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

334If you are a trustee, then BapDada is also bound.

291तो महाराष्ट्र जितने महा है उतने वारिस भी महान है  ? tō mahārāṣhṭra jitnē mahā hai utnē vāris bhī mahān hai  ? tō mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mahān, mahā hōnā[pres.sg.23] utnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] mahān, mahā[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? then Maharashtra the more great be[pres.sg.23] x heir too great be[pres.sg.23]  ?

335So, just as Maharashtra is great, are there also just as many great heirs?

292है ना  ! hai nā  ! hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ! 293अभी इस वर्ष में बापदादा सभी जोन में कितने-कितने वारिस क्वालिटी हैं , वह लिस्ट बनायेंगे , उन वारिसों की सेरीमनी करेंगे . abhī is varṣh mē̃ bāpdādā sabhī zone mē̃ kitnē-kitnē vāris quality haĩ , vah list banāyēṅgē , un vārisō̃ key|kī ceremony karē̃gē . ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] zone mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] list banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] vāris[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ceremony karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . now this year in BapDada all zone in so heir x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that list create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , that heir (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) ceremony do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

336There are, are there not? 337Now, this year, BapDada will ask for a list of how many heir quality souls there are in each zone. 338We will have a ceremony of those heirs.

294टीचर्स तो जानती हैं ना  ! teachers tō jāntī haĩ nā  ! teacher tō jānnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] nā  ! teacher then know[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ∅  !

339You teachers know them, do you not?

295देखेंगे , इसमें नम्बरवन कौन सा जोन है  ? dēkhē̃gē , ismē̃ number one kaun sā zone hai  ? dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.mē̃] number one kaun sā[x] zone hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , this[.mē̃] number one which zone be[pres.sg.23]  ?

340We shall see which is the number one zone in this.

296महाराष्ट्र होगा ना  ! mahārāṣhṭra hōgā nā  ! mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā  ! Maharashtra be[fut.m.sg.23] ∅  !

341It will be Maharashtra, will it not?

297बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .

342Very good.

298पक्के वारिस कौन हैं , कितने हैं  ? pakkē vāris kaun haĩ , kitnē haĩ  ? pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? firm heir who be[pres.pl.12hon3] , so be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

343Who are the firm heirs? 344How many are there?

299और इस वर्ष में यह जो मेगा प्रोग्राम किया है वह तो बहुत अच्छा किया . aur is varṣh mē̃ yah jō mega programme kiyā hai vah tō bahut achchhā kiyā . aur yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] mega programme[x] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . and this year in this that mega programme do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that then very achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

345And the mega programmes you had this year were very good. 346How many programmes have been held?

300कितने प्रोग्राम हुए हैं  ? kitnē programme huē haĩ  ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] programme hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? so programme be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

347Where have the programmes been held?

301कहाँ - कहाँ हुए हैं  ? kahā̃ - kahā̃ huē haĩ  ? kahā̃ - kahā̃ hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? where - where be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

348(15 to 16 programmes have taken place.)

302 ( 15 - 16 हुए हैं ) बापदादा ने देखा कोई-कोई प्रोग्राम तो जोन ने मिलकर किया है लेकिन कोई-कोई प्रोग्राम एक सेंटर या आसपास उसके कनेक्शन वालों ने किया है , वह कौन-से हैं  ? ( 15 - 16 huē haĩ ) bāpdādā nē dēkhā kōī-kōī programme tō zone nē milkar kiyā hai lēkin kōī-kōī programme ēk centre yā āspās uskē connection vālō̃ nē kiyā hai , vah kaun-sē haĩ  ? ( 15 - 16 hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] programme tō zone nē[postp.] milnā[abs.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin kōī[pn.;d.] programme ēk[adj.] centre yā ās-pās uskā[pn.sg.kē] connection vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] kaun sā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? ( 15 - 16 be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] some programme then zone ∅ receive[abs.] do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but some programme one centre or x of that[.kē] connection those who ∅ do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that which be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

349BapDada saw that some programmes were carried out by zones and some programmes were carried out by just the centres and their local neighbouring centres. 350Which places were those?

303 ( मैंगलोर , सम्बलपुर , विलासपुर , पूना , मेहसाना ) तो कमाल की ना उन्होंने . ( maiṅgalōr , sambalapur , vilāsapur , pūnā , mēhasānā ) tō kamāl key|kī nā unhōnnē . ( x , x , x , pūnā , x ) tō kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] nā vah[pn.pl.nē] . ( x , x , x , x , x ) then x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) ∅ that[.nē] .

351(Mangalore, Sambalpur, Vilaspur, Pune, Mehsana). 352So, they performed wonders, did they not?

304वह आये हैं 7 कौन आयें है  ? vah āyē haĩ 7 kaun āyē̃ hai  ? vah[pn.sg.d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] 7 kaun[pn.;d.] ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? that come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] 7 who come[opt.pl.12hon3] be[pres.sg.23]  ?

353Have they come? 354Who has come?

305पूना वाले उठो . pūnā vālē uṭhō . pūnā vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x those who wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

355Those from Pune, stand up.

306पूना की टीचर्स उठो . pūnā key|kī teachers uṭhō . pūnā key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] teacher uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) teacher wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

356The teachers from Pune, stand up.

307पूना ने भी कमाल की . pūnā nē bhī kamāl key|kī . pūnā nē[postp.] bhī[p.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] . x ∅ too x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) .

357Pune also performed wonders.

308ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .

358It is good.

309सर्तिफिकेट अच्छा लिया . sartiphikēṭ achchhā liyā . x achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . x achcha take[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

359You have claimed a good certificate.

310अच्छा - मेहसाना . achchhā - mēhasānā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - x . achcha - x . 311कर लिया है  ? kar liyā hai  ? karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā]  ? do[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā]  ? 312मुबारक हो . mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

360Achcha, Mehsana, you have already done it, congratulations.

313बिलासपुर के भाई आये हैं , उनको भी मुबारक हो . bilāsapur K|kē bhāī āyē haĩ , unkō bhī mubārak hō . x K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhānā[opt.sg.23.past-part+ānā] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x (K|of) be liked[opt.sg.23.past-part+ānā] be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that[.kō] too congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

361Brothers from Vilaspur have also come. 362Congratulations to them too.

314सम्भलपुर वाला कोई है  ? sambhalapur vālā kōī hai  ? x vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? x those who some be[pres.sg.23]  ?

363Is there anyone from Sambalpur?

315थोड़े - थोडे आये हैं , उसको भी मुबारक है , हिम्मत रखकर किया और सफलता पाई . thōṛē - thōḍē āyē haĩ , uskō bhī mubārak hai , himmat rakhkar kiyā aur saphaltā pāī . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] - thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[abs.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] pānā[past-part.f.]|pāī[n.f.;sg.] . short - short come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , that[.kō] too congratulations be[pres.sg.23] , courage keep[abs.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.] and success (x[past-part.f.]|x) .

364A few have come. 365Congratulations to you too. 366You did it with courage and thereby achieved success.

316तो सफलता की मुबारक हो . tō saphaltā key|kī mubārak hō . tō saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then success (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

367So, congratulations for your success.

317अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

368Achcha.

318यह तो हुआ , अभी बापदादा क्या चाहते हैं  ? yah tō huā , abhī bāpdādā kyā chāhtē haĩ  ? yah[pn.sg.d.] tō hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā kyā chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? this then be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , now BapDada what x[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

369That has been done. 370What does BapDada now want?

319सभी वर्गों की सेवा तो हुई लेकिन अभी बापदादा चाहते हैं कि हर वर्ग ने जो भी आदि से अन्त तक सेवा की है , जैसे बापदादा ने माइक बुलाये , थे तो नम्बरवार माइक , सभी पावरफुल नहीं थे , थोडे मीडियम थे . sabhī vargō̃ key|kī sēvā tō huī lēkin abhī bāpdādā chāhtē haĩ ki har|her varg nē jō bhī ādi sē ant tak sēvā kī hai , jaisē bāpdādā nē mike bulāyē , thē tō number-vār mike , sabhī powerful nahī̃ thē , thōḍē medium thē . sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] tō hōnā[past-part.f.] lēkin ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] harnā[root]|har|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ādi[adj.] sē[postp.] ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] mike bulānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , hōnā[past.pl] tō number-wār mike , sab[adv.hī] powerful nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past.pl] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] medium hōnā[past.pl] . all profession (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service then be[past-part.f.] but now BapDada x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that (x[root]|x) profession ∅ that too etc. from end until service do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , like BapDada ∅ mike call[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , be[past.pl] then numberwise mike , all powerful not be[past.pl] , short x be[past.pl] .

371All the professions (wings) have been served, but BapDada now wants that all the service that all the wings have done from the beginning until now - for instance, BapDada has invited the mikes, they were numberwise mikes, not all were powerful, some were of a medium level.

320लेकिन अभी बापदादा यह चाहते हैं कि इतना समय जो वर्ग की सेवा की , उसमें आई पी या वीआईपी हर जोन से कितने निकले हैं जो कहे कि नॉलेज को मैं मानता हूँ . lēkin abhī bāpdādā yah chāhtē haĩ ki itnā samay jō varg key|kī sēvā key|kī , usmē̃ I P yā VIP har|her zone sē kitnē nikalē haĩ jō kahē ki knowledge kō maĩ māntā hū̃ . lēkin ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] I P[x] yā V I P harnā[root]|har|her zone sē[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] knowledge kō[postp.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] mānnā[pres.sg.m.1] . but now BapDada this x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that such time that profession (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , that[.mē̃] IP or VIP (x[root]|x) zone from so be extracted[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) that knowledge to I x[pres.sg.m.1] .

372However, BapDada now wants to know for all this time that you have been serving in the different wings, how many IPs or VIPs have emerged from each zone, who would say that they believe in this knowledge?

321सिर्फ यह महिमा नहीं करे - यह कार्य बहुत अच्छा है और कोई कर नहीं सकता , यह नहीं कहे लेकिन नॉलेज को मानता हूँ . sirph yah mahimā nahī̃ karē - yah kārya bahut achchhā hai aur kōī kar nahī̃ saktā , yah nahī̃ kahē lēkin knowledge kō māntā hū̃ . sirph[adj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] mahimā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.sg.23] - yah[pn.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur kōī[x] karnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] lēkin knowledge kō[postp.] mānnā[pres.sg.m.1] . only this praise not do[opt.sg.23] - this task very achcha be[pres.sg.23] someone else do[root] not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , this not (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) but knowledge to x[pres.sg.m.1] .

373They should not just sing praise that this work is very good, and that no one else can do it. 374They should not just say this, but they should believe in this knowledge.

322ऐसे नॉलेजफुल ग्रूप बापदादा देखने चाहते है . aisē knowledgeful group bāpdādā dēkhnē chāhtē hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] knowledgeful group bāpdādā dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[x] . such knowledgeful group BapDada see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[x] .

375BapDada wants to see such a knowledge-full group.

323क्लीयर हुआ . clear huā . clear hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . x be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

376Is this clear?

324तो इस वर्ष में लास्ट टर्न आयेगा ना उसमें हर वर्ग वाले जो ऐसे आई . पी . हों , वी . आई पी . का तो भाग्य थोडा पीछे हैं लेकिन आई . पी . जो नॉलेज को मानता हो , ऐसा ग्रूप बापदादा के सामने लाओ . tō is varṣh mē̃ last turn āyēgā nā usmē̃ har|her varg vālē jō aisē āī|eye|I . P|pī . hō̃ , V|we . I P . kā tō bhāgya thōḍā pīchhē haĩ lēkin āī|eye|I . P|pī . jō knowledge kō māntā hō , aisā group bāpdādā K|kē sāmnē lāō . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] last tum ānā[fut.m.sg.23] nā vah[pn.sg.mē̃] harnā[root]|har|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , V|we . I P[x] . kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pīchhē hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . jō[pn.;d.] knowledge kō[postp.] mānnā[x] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group bāpdādā K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāmnē lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then this year in last you come[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ that[.mē̃] (x[root]|x) profession those who that such (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . be[opt.pl.12hon3] , (x) . IP . of then x short x be[pres.pl.12hon3] but (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . that knowledge to x[x] , such group BapDada (K|of) x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

377So, in this season, in the last turn of the season, all those IPs who come, and the fortune of the VIPs is a little bit later, but now bring in front of BapDada a group of IPs who believe in knowledge.

325वह सेवा करे . vah sēvā karē . vah[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.sg.23] . that service do[opt.sg.23] .

378They should do service.

326उनको सेवा के निमित्त बनायेंगे . unkō sēvā kē nimitt banāyēṅgē . vah[pn.pl.kō] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē nimitt[x] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . that[.kō] service x create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

379Baba will make them instruments for service.

327ठीक है  ! ṭhīk hai  ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! OK be[pres.sg.23]  !

380Is this OK?

328अभी अगले वर्ष का यह होम वर्क है वर्ग वालों को क्योंकि कोई न कोई वर्ग तो आता ही है . abhī aglē varṣh kā yah home work hai varg vālō̃ kō kyōṅki kōī na kōī varg tō ātā hī hai . ab[adv.hī] aglā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] home work[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kyōṅki kōī na kōī[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now next year of this homework be[pres.sg.23] profession those who to because one .. or another profession then come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

381Now, this is the homework for the different wings for the New Year because one or another wing definitely comes all the time.

329कल्चरल विंग  : अच्छा - कल्चरल वाले जब कल्चरल दिखाते हो तो उसमें और क्या सिद्ध करते हो  ? cultural wing  : achchhā - cultural vālē jab cultural dikhātē hō tō usmē̃ aur kyā siddh kartē hō  ? cultural wing  : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - cultural vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jab cultural dikhānā[pres.pl.m.2] tō vah[pn.sg.mē̃] aur kyā siddh karnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? x wing  : achcha - x those who when x x[pres.pl.m.2] then that[.mē̃] and what justify[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

382To the Cultural Wing: What else do you prove when those from the cultural wing show cultural programmes?

330जो भी कल्चरल करते हो उसमें आपके चलन चेहरे और कर्म से क्या कैरेक्टर दिखाई देता है , यह श्रेष्ठ कैरेक्टर वाले हैं , यह दिखाई देता है  ? jō bhī cultural kartē hō usmē̃ āpkē chalan chēhrē aur karma sē kyā character dikhāī dētā hai , yah śhrēṣhṭh character vālē haĩ , yah dikhāī dētā hai  ? jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] cultural karnā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] āp[pn.pl.kē] chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] aur karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kyā character[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] character[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? that too x do[pres.pl.m.2] that[.mē̃] you[.kē] behaviour face and deed from what character be visible , this elevated character those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] , this be visible  ?

383Whatever cultural programmes you have, what character is visible through your face, behaviour and actions? 384Is it visible that these have an elevated character?

331हाँ करो या ना  ? hā̃ karō yā nā  ? hā̃ karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yā nā  ? yes do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] or ∅  ?

385Say yes or no.

332हाँ तो हाथ हिलाओ . hā̃ tō hāth hilāō . hā̃ tō hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . yes then hand make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

386If yes, then wave your hands.

333अच्छा दोनो लक्ष्य रखते हो . achchhā dōnō lakṣhya rakhtē hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dōnō̃[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.2] . achcha x aim keep[pres.pl.m.2] .

387You keep both aims.

334क्योंकि कल्चरल प्रोग्राम तो सभी करते हैं लेकिन आप जो कल्चरल दिखाते हो या प्रोग्राम करते हो उसमें सिर्फ कल्चरल नहीं हो लेकिन नैतिक मूल्य भी समाये हुए हों , कैरेक्टर हो . kyōṅki cultural programme tō sabhī kartē haĩ lēkin āp jō cultural dikhātē hō yā programme kartē hō usmē̃ sirph cultural nahī̃ hō lēkin naitik mūlya bhī samāyē huē hō̃ , character hō . kyōṅki cultural programme tō sab[adv.hī] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] cultural dikhānā[pres.pl.m.2] yā programme karnā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] sirph[adj.] cultural nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin x mūlya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] samānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , character[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . because x programme then all do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but you that x x[pres.pl.m.2] or programme do[pres.pl.m.2] that[.mē̃] only x not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but x value too merge[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[opt.pl.12hon3] , character (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

388Everyone holds cultural programmes, but when you show the cultural programmes or have programmes, let there not be just the cultural programmes, but let these also be filled with moral values and with character. 389What will happen through that?

335उससे क्या होगा ' देखने वालों को सहज ही आकर्षण होगी कि हम भी कैरेक्टर धारण करें . ussē kyā hōgā ' dēkhnē vālō̃ kō sahaj hī ākarṣhaṇ hōgī ki ham bhī character dhāraṇ karē̃ . vah[pn.sg.sē] kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ' dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sahaj[adj.] hī[p.] ākarṣhaṇ[x] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] character[n.m.;sg.,d.] dhāraṇ karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . that[.sē] what be[fut.m.sg.23] ' see[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to easy only attraction be[fut.f.sg.23] that we too character adopt[opt.pl.12hon3] .

390Those who see this will easily be attracted and they will feel that they too should imbibe that character.

336तो इस विधि से , क्योंकि कई ज्ञान सुनने नहीं चाहते हैं , सीधा ज्ञान नहीं सुनेंगे लेकिन आपके कल्चरल से वह कैरेक्टर सीख जाये . tō is vidhi sē , kyōṅki kaī gyān sunnē nahī̃ chāhtē haĩ , sīdhā gyān nahī̃ sunē̃gē lēkin āpkē cultural sē vah character sīkh jāyē . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , kyōṅki kaī gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , sīdhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] sunnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kē] cultural sē[postp.] vah[pn.sg.d.] character[n.m.;sg.,d.] sīkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . then this method from , because some knowledge listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] not x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , direct knowledge not listen[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but you[.kē] x from that character learn[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .

391Many don't want to listen to knowledge, they will not listen to knowledge directly, but through your cultural programmes, they will learn about character.

337ऐसा कर भी रहे हो और भी लक्ष्य रखो कि कम से कम देखने वाले जो हैं उनको नैतिक वैल्यू का इशारा तो मिले , आकर्षण तो हो , हमको करना है . aisā kar bhī rahē hō aur bhī lakṣhya rakhō ki kam sē kam dēkhnē vālē jō haĩ unkō naitik value kā iśhārā tō milē , ākarṣhaṇ tō hō , hamkō karnā hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] aur bhī[p.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] kam sē kam[x] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kō] x value kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] , ākarṣhaṇ[x] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , ham[pn.pl.kō] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . such do[root] too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.2] and too aim keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that at least see[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who that be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kō] x Values of signal then (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) , attraction then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , we[.kō] do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

392So, you are doing this, but keep this aim even more, that those who see these programmes should at the least receive a signal of moral values. 393They should at least be attracted to this, that we also have to do this.

338बाकी अच्छा कर रहे हैं . bākī achchhā kar rahē haĩ . bākī|bākī achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . (others|but) achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

394You are doing well.

339जो भी वर्ग कर रहे हैं बापदादा हर वर्ग के पुरुषार्थ और रिजल्ट को देख खुश हैं . jō bhī varg kar rahē haĩ bāpdādā har|her varg K|kē puruṣhārth aur result kō dēkh khuśh haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] bāpdādā harnā[root]|har|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur result kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . that too profession do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] BapDada (x[root]|x) profession (K|of) effort and result to see[root] happy be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

395Whatever all the wings are doing, BapDada is pleased to see the effort and result of every wing.

340और इस वर्गीकरण की सेवा के बाद कई भाई-बहिनों को चांस मिला है , सेवा के क्षेत्र में आगे आने में और बिजी रहते हैं . aur is vargīkaraṇ key|kī sēvā kē bād kaī bhāī-bahinō̃ kō chance milā hai , sēvā K|kē kṣhētra mē̃ āgē ānē mē̃ aur busy rahtē haĩ . aur yah[pn.sg.o.] vargīkaraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē bād[x] kaī bhāī-bahin[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] chance milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kṣhētra[x] mē̃[postp.] āgē ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] aur busy rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . and this serving the professions (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service after some brother and sister to chance receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , service (K|of) field in previously (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) in and busy remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

396And after this service of the different wings started, many brothers and sisters received a chance to come forward onto the field of service, and they remain busy.

341इसलिए बापदादा को वर्गों की सेवा अच्छी लगती है . isliē bāpdādā kō vargō̃ key|kī sēvā achchhī lagtī hai . isliē bāpdādā kō[postp.] varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] . therefore BapDada to profession (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service achcha x[pres.sg.f.23] .

397This is why BapDada likes the service of the wings.

342सभी कर रहे हैं . sabhī kar rahē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . all do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

398All of you are doing this.

343कभी कोई वर्ग आता है , कभी कोई वर्ग आता है तो सभी ठीक है  ? kabhī kōī varg ātā hai , kabhī kōī varg ātā hai tō sabhī ṭhīk hai  ? kabhī[adv.] kōī[pn.;d.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , kabhī[adv.] kōī[pn.;d.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] tō sab[adv.hī] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? ever some profession come[pres.sg.m.23] , ever some profession come[pres.sg.m.23] then all OK be[pres.sg.23]  ?

399Sometimes it is one wing, and at other times it is another wing. 400So, are all of you OK?

344बहुत ठीक या ठीक है  ? bahut ṭhīk yā ṭhīk hai  ? bahut ṭhīk[adj.] yā ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? very OK or OK be[pres.sg.23]  ?

401Very OK, or just OK?

345बहुत ठीक  ? bahut ṭhīk  ? bahut ṭhīk[adj.]  ? very OK  ?

402Very OK?

346तीव्र पुरुषार्थी या पुरुषार्थी क्या है  ? tīvr puruṣhārthī yā puruṣhārthī kyā hai  ? tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[adj.] yā purūṣhārthī[adj.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? intense effort-maker or effort-maker what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

403Are you intense effort-makers or just effort-makers?

347अच्छा चल रहे हैं या उड रहे हैं  ? achchhā chal rahē haĩ yā uḍ rahē haĩ  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] yā uṛnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]  ? achcha continue[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] or fly[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]  ?

404Are you moving along well or flying?

348क्या कहेंगे  ? kyā kahē̃gē  ? kyā kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? what say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

405What would you say?

349अभी उड़ना है और उड़ाना है . abhī uṛnā hai aur uṛānā hai . ab[adv.hī] uṛnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] aur uṛānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . now fly[pres.sg.23.oblig1] and x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

406You now have to fly and make others fly.

350चलने का टाइम पूरा हो गया . chalnē kā time pūrā hō gayā . chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] of time full be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . 351जैसे बैलगाड़ी का सीजन पूरा हो गया , कारें आ गई है . jaisē bailgāṛī kā season pūrā hō gayā , kārē̃ ā gaī hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bailgāṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] season pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , x ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . like bullock cart of season full be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , x come[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .

407The time for walking is now over, just as the season for bullock-carts is now over, and you now have cars.

352पहले तो बैलगाड़ियों में ही जाते थे . pahlē tō bailagāṛiyō̃ mē̃ hī jātē thē . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] tō x mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] jānā[hab-past.pl.m.] . (x|firstly) then x in only go[hab-past.pl.m.] .

408Previously, you only used to travel in bullock-carts.

353तो अभी चलने का समय पूरा हुआ , अभी उडना है . tō abhī chalnē kā samay pūrā huā , abhī uḍanā hai . tō ab[adv.hī] chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ab[adv.hī] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then now continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] of time full be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , now x be[pres.sg.23] .

409So, the time for walking is now over. 410You now have to fly.

354अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

411Achcha.

355ज्यूरिस्ट विंग  : अच्छा - अच्छे-अच्छे आये हैं , मुबारक हो . jyūrisṭa wing  : achchhā - achchhē-achchhē āyē haĩ , mubārak hō . x wing  : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x wing  : achcha - achcha come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

412Sit down. 413To the Jurists: Good ones have come. 414Congratulations.

356जज और वकील तो आवाज बुलन्द करने वाले होते हैं ना , तो अभी ऐसा कोई प्रैक्टिकल का प्लैन बनाओ जो आप भी स्पिरिचुअलिटी का आवाज बुलन्द दिखाओ . judge aur vakīl tō āvāj buland karnē vālē hōtē haĩ nā , tō abhī aisā kōī practical kā plan banāō jō āp bhī spiricualiṭī kā āvāj buland dikhāō . judge aur vakīl[n.f.;sg.] tō āvāz[n.f.;sg.] buland[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā , tō ab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] practical kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] buland[adj.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . judge and lawyer then noise x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ , then now such some practical of plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that you too x of noise x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 357जो सबकी नजर में आये कि साधारण वकील , साधारण जज और स्पिरिचुअल जज या वकील में कितना अन्तर है . jō sabkī najar mē̃ āyē ki sādhāraṇ vakīl , sādhāraṇ judge aur spiricual judge yā vakīl mē̃ kitnā antar hai . jō[pn.;d.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] sādhāraṇ[adj.] vakīl[n.f.;sg.] , sādhāraṇ[adj.] judge aur x judge yā vakīl[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that everyone's glance in (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) that ordinary lawyer , ordinary judge and x judge or lawyer in so difference be[pres.sg.23] .

415Judges and lawyers are those who create a sound in a practical way, are they not? 416So, you too demonstrate this by creating the sound of spirituality that can be heard loudly, so that it is in everyone's vision how much difference there is between ordinary lawyers and judges and spiritual lawyers and judges. 417It will happen.

358हो जायेगा , बापदादा ने सुना - गीता के भगवान का भी सोच रहे हैं . hō jāyēgā , bāpdādā nē sunā - gītā K|kē bhagvān kā bhī sōch rahē haĩ . hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] - gītā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , BapDada ∅ (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) - Gita (K|of) God of too think[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

418BapDada has heard that you have thought about trying to prove who the God of the Gita is.

359सोचो . sōchō . sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

419Think about it.

360इसमे कोई को निमित्त बनाना पड़ेगा . ismē kōī kō nimitt banānā paṛēgā . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] kōī[pn.;d.] kō[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . this[.mē̃] some to instrument create[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .

420You will have to make someone an instrument for this.

361कोई जज हो , कोई धर्मात्मा हो , दोनो ग्रूप में से दो चार को तैयार करो , सेवा में , मैदान में आना पड़ेगा . kōī judge hō , kōī dharmātmā hō , dōnō group mē̃ sē dō chār kō taiyār karō , sēvā mē̃ , maidān mē̃ ānā paṛēgā . kōī[pn.;d.] judge hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , kōī[pn.;d.] dharm-ātmā[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , dōnō̃[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] group mē̃[postp.] sē[postp.] dō chār[x] kō[postp.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , maidān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . some judge (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , some x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , x group in from x to x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , service in , x in come[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .

421There should be some judges and some religious souls. 422Prepare two to four from both groups. 423They will have to come onto the field of service.

362आपस में मीटिंग करो , सभी जज और रिलीजस वाले मिलकर मीटिंग करके कोई प्लैन सोचो . āpas mē̃ meeting karō , sabhī judge aur religious vālē milkar meeting karkē kōī plan sōchō . āpas mē̃[x] meeting karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sab[adv.hī] judge aur religious vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] milnā[abs.] meeting karnā[abs.] kōī[pn.;d.] plan sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . with each other meeting do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , all judge and religious those who receive[abs.] meeting do[abs.] some plan think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 363दोनों ही मिलकर राय करो . dōnō̃ hī milkar rāy karō . dōnō̃ hī[p.] milnā[abs.] rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.]|rāy[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x only receive[abs.] (x) do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

424Have meetings amongst yourselves. 425All of you judges should meet together and think of a plan. 426And there are also the righteous souls: both groups should meet together and discuss this.

364फिर कुछ कर सकेंगे . phir kuchh kar sakē̃gē . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] kuchh karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . (then|turn[root]) anything do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] .

427Then you will be able to do something.

365हो जायेगा , होना तो है ही . hō jāyēgā , hōnā tō hai hī . hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , be[inf.m.sg.d.] then be[pres.sg.23] only .

428It will happen. 429It has to happen.

366मुबारक हो . mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

430Congratulations.

367जो भी आये हैं , उन्हों को भी विशेष मुबारक हो . jō bhī āyē haĩ , unhō̃ kō bhī viśhēṣh mubārak hō . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] viśhēṣh[adj.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . that too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , that to too special congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

431To all those who have come, special congratulations to you. 432Achcha.

368डबल विदेशी तो शान्तिवन वा मधुबन का विशेष श्रृंगार हैं . double vidēśhī tō śhāntivan vā madhuban kā viśhēṣh śhrr̥iṅgār haĩ . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō śhāntivan[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . double foreigner then Shantivan or Madhuban of special (decoration|decorate[root]) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

433Many double foreigners have come. 434The double foreigners are the special decoration of Shantivan and Madhuban.

369बापदादा देखते हैं एक-एक बच्चा विशेष डबल हीरो है . bāpdādā dēkhtē haĩ ēk-ēk bachchā viśhēṣh double hero hai . bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] double hero hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] one child special double hero be[pres.sg.23] .

435BapDada sees that each child is a special double hero.

370रत्न भी है और हीरो पार्ट बजाने वाले भी हैं . ratna bhī hai aur hero part bajānē vālē bhī haĩ . ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur hero part[n.m.;sg.,d.] bajānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . jewel too be[pres.sg.23] and hero part play[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who too be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

436You are a jewel and you are also those who play a hero part.

371तो हर एक विदेशी डबल हीरो है . tō har ēk vidēśhī double hero hai . tō har ēk[x] vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] double hero hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then each one foreigner double hero be[pres.sg.23] .

437So each of you double foreigners is a double hero.

372देखो कितने देशों में और वहाँ से ही तैयार होके वहाँ ही सेवा कर रहे हैं . dēkhō kitnē dēśhō̃ mē̃ aur vahā̃ sē hī taiyār hōkē vahā̃ hī sēvā kar rahē haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] aur vahā̃ sē[postp.] hī[p.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[abs.] vahā̃ hī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so land in and there from only x be[abs.] there only service do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

438Look, you have come from so many countries. 439You become ready there and you begin to serve there too.

373कितने देशों से आये हुए हैं  ? kitnē dēśhō̃ sē āyē huē haĩ  ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? so land from (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? 374 ( 45 देशों से ) अच्छा , 45 देश वाले हाथ उठाओ . ( 45 dēśhō̃ sē ) achchhā , 45 dēśh vālē hāth uṭhāō . ( 45 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , 45 dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ( 45 land from ) achcha , 45 land those who raise your hands .

440You were told how many countries have been represented. (from 45 countries.)

375जो भिन्न - भिन्न देश से आये हैं , उनमें से एक-एक हाथ उठाओ . jō bhinn - bhinn dēśh sē āyē haĩ , unmē̃ sē ēk-ēk hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] bhinn[adj.] - bhinn[adj.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.mē̃] sē[postp.] ēk[adj.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that different - different land from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , that[.mē̃] from one raise your hands .

441Achcha, those from the 45 countries, one person from each country, raise your hand.

376छोटा बच्चा भी हाथ हिला रहा है . chhōṭā bachchā bhī hāth hilā rahā hai . chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|hilānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . small child too hand (x[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|make fluctuate[pres.sg.m.prog.23]) .

442And you are serving there. 443Even a little child is waving his hand.

377मुबारक हो . mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

444Congratulations.

378अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

445Achcha.

37945 देश वालों को पदमापदम मुबारक हो . 45 dēśh vālō̃ kō padmāpadam mubārak hō . 45 dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] padmāpadma[adj.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . 45 land those who to multimillion times congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

446Those from the 45 countries, raise your hands high.

380 ( छोटेबच्चों की रिट्रीट चल रही है ) सभी देखो यह बच्चों का ग्रूप कितना अच्छा है . ( chōṭēbaccō̃ key|kī retreat chal rahī hai ) sabhī dēkhō yah bachchō̃ kā group kitnā achchhā hai . ( x key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] retreat chalnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ) sab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yah[pn.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x continue[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ) all see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] this child of group so achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

447Multimillion-fold congratulations to those from the 45 countries. 448(A young children's retreat is taking place now.)

381कितने देश के बच्चे हैं  ? kitnē dēśh K|kē bachchē haĩ  ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? so land (K|of) child be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

449All of you see how good this group of the children is.

382 ( 15 देश के 28 बच्चे हैं ) गीत सुनाओ . ( 15 dēśh K|kē 28 bachchē haĩ ) gīt sunāō . ( 15 dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] 28 bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ) gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ( 15 land (K|of) 28 child be[pres.pl.12hon3] ) x speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

450How many countries are the children from?

383 ( बच्चों ने गीत गाया मैं बाबा का , बाबा मेरा ) अच्छा - सभी बच्चे अमृतवेला करते हो  ? ( bachchō̃ nē gīt gāyā maĩ bābā kā , bābā mērā ) achchhā - sabhī bachchē amr̥itvēlā kartē hō  ? ( bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] bābā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , bābā maĩ[pn.sg.kā] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? ( child ∅ x sing[past-part.m.sg.d.] I Baba of , Baba I[.kā] ) achcha - all child amrit vela do[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

451(28 children from 15 countries.) 452You can sing your song. 453(Children sang the song: I belong to Baba and Baba belongs to me.)

384जो बच्चे अमृतवेला करते हैं वह हाथ उठाओ . jō bachchē amr̥itvēlā kartē haĩ vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that child amrit vela do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that raise your hands .

454Achcha. 455Do all of you children have amrit vela?

385अच्छा जो कभी-कभी करते हैं वह हाथ उठाओ . achchhā jō kabhī-kabhī kartē haĩ vah hāth uṭhāō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] kabhī[adv.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha that ever do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that raise your hands .

456Those children who have amrit vela, raise your hands!

386कभी-कभी वाले ज्यादा हैं . kabhī-kabhī vālē jyādā haĩ . kabhī[adv.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . ever those who more be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 387अच्छा – लडाई-झगड़ा करते हो  ? achchhā – laḍāī-jhagaṛā kartē hō  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] – x karnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? achcha – x do[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

457Achcha, those who have amrit vela sometimes, raise your hands.

388जो लड़ाई नहीं करता है वह हाथ उठाओ . jō laṛāī nahī̃ kartā hai vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] laṛāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|laṛānā[past-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that (war|x[past-part.f.]) not do[pres.sg.m.23] that raise your hands .

458There are more children who have amrit vela sometimes.

389तो अभी यहाँ से जाने के बाद लडाई नहीं करना क्योंकि बह्माकुमार हो ना . tō abhī yahā̃ sē jānē kē bād laḍāī nahī̃ karnā kyōṅki bahmākumār hō nā . tō ab[adv.hī] yahā̃ sē[postp.] jānnā[opt.sg.23]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē bād[x] laṛāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki x hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . then now here from (know[opt.sg.23]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]) after war not do[inf.m.sg.d.] because x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .

459Achcha, do you fight and quarrel? 460Those who do not fight, raise your hands.

390तो ब्रह्माकुमार , बाबा मेरा , मै बाबा का कहा तो लडाई नहीं करना है . tō brahmākumār , bābā mērā , mai bābā kā kahā tō laḍāī nahī̃ karnā hai . tō brahmākumār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bābā maĩ[pn.sg.kā] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] bābā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō laṛāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then Brahma Kumar , Baba I[.kā] , I Baba of say[past-part.m.sg.d.] then war not do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

461So, now, when you go from here, do not fight because you are Brahma Kumars, are you not?

391नहीं तो बाबा मेरा नहीं होगा . nahī̃ tō bābā mērā nahī̃ hōgā . nahī̃ tō[x] bābā mērā nahī̃[x] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . otherwise Baba Nothing is "mine" be[fut.m.sg.23] . 392अभी लडाई करेंगे  ? abhī laḍāī karē̃gē  ? ab[adv.hī] laṛāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? now war do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

462Since you Brahma Kumars said, "I am Baba's and Baba is mine", you mustn't fight.

393 ( नहीं ) अभी परिवर्तन करेंगे . ( nahī̃ ) abhī parivartan karē̃gē . ( nahī̃[neg] ) ab[adv.hī] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . ( not ) now transformation do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

463Otherwise, Baba will not be yours. 464Will you now fight?

394अभी टीचर्स सब रिपोर्ट देना तो लडाई-झगडा किया है या नहीं किया  ? abhī teachers sab report dēnā tō laḍāī-jhagaḍā kiyā hai yā nahī̃ kiyā  ? ab[adv.hī] teacher sab[adj.] report dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō x karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] yā nahī̃[neg] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? now teacher all report give[inf.m.sg.d.] then x do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] or not do[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

465Will you now bring about transformation? 466Now, all the teachers, report as to whether they fight nor not.

395बाकी मुबारक हो . bākī mubārak hō . bākī|bākī mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (others|but) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

467Otherwise, congratulations.

396अच्छा है , फिर भी पुरुषार्थ अच्छा किया है इसलिए पदमगुणा मुबारक हो . achchhā hai , phir bhī puruṣhārth achchhā kiyā hai isliē padamguṇā mubārak hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , phir bhī[x] puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] isliē padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , nevertheless effort achcha do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] therefore multimillion-fold congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

468It is good. 469You have made good effort and therefore multimillion-fold congratulations.

397 ( विदेश का यूथ ग्रूप भी आया है ) ( मेरा बाबा का साइन बोर्ड दिखा रहे हैं ) बहुत अच्छा , ताली बजाओ . ( vidēśh kā youth group bhī āyā hai ) ( mērā bābā kā sign board dikhā rahē haĩ ) bahut achchhā , tālī bajāō . ( vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] youth group bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) ( maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sign board dikhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ( abroad of youth group too come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) ( I[.kā] Baba of sign board x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) very achcha , clapping play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

470(Youth group from abroad has also come.) 471(They showed Baba the sign of "My Baba".) 472Very good.

398बापदादा ने सुना तो रिजल्ट में यूथ ग्रूप ने पुरुषार्थ में बहुत गुह्यता लाई है . bāpdādā nē sunā tō result mē̃ youth group nē puruṣhārth mē̃ bahut guhyatā lāī hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] tō result mē̃[postp.] youth group nē[postp.] puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bahut guhyatā[n.f.;sg.] lānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . BapDada ∅ (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) then result in youth group ∅ effort in very depth x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .

473You may applaud. 474BapDada heard the result that in their efforts, the youth group brought a lot of depth.

399तो यह पुरुषार्थ में जो सूक्षम में गये , तो सदा पुरुषार्थ में आगे से आगे बढते रहना , पीछे नहीं होना ' , आगे बढ़ते रहना और उडते रहना . tō yah puruṣhārth mē̃ jō sūkṣham mē̃ gayē , tō sadā puruṣhārth mē̃ āgē sē āgē baḍhatē rahnā , pīchhē nahī̃ hōnā ' , āgē baṛhtē rahnā aur uḍtē rahnā . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] sūkṣhma[adj.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , tō sadā puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āgē sē[postp.] āgē x rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , pīchhē nahī̃[neg] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ' , āgē baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur uṛnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then this effort in that subtle in go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , then constantly effort in previously from previously x remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , x not be[inf.m.sg.d.] ' , previously grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] and fly[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .

475You went into the depths and subtlety of your efforts, and so always continue to move forward in your efforts. 476Do not move back, always stay ahead. 477Continue to move forward and continue to fly.

400मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो . mubārak hō , mubārak hō , mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

478Congratulations. 479Congratulations. 480Congratulations.

401अच्छा -achchhā -achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] -achcha -

481Achcha.

402 ( दादी जानकी ने बापदादा से पूछा - विश्व की करोड़ों आत्माओं को इस साल में मेसेज कैसे मिले , मेरा बाबा है यह अनुभव कैसे होः उसके लिए क्या प्लान बनें  ? ( dādī jānkī nē bāpdādā sē pūchhā - viśhva key|kī karōṛō̃ ātmāō̃ kō is sāl mē̃ mēsēj kaisē milē , mērā bābā hai yah anubhav kaisē hōḥ uskē liē kyā plan banē̃  ? ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] bāpdādā sē[postp.] pūchhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] - viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] krōṛ[x] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] x kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x uskā[pn.sg.kē] liē|lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kyā plan bannā[opt.pl.12hon3]  ? ( Dadi x ∅ BapDada from ask[past-part.m.sg.d.] - world (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) 10 million soul to this year in x how (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) , I[.kā] Baba be[pres.sg.23] this experience how x of that[.kē] (for|take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) what plan become[opt.pl.12hon3]  ? 403) ) ) )

482(Dadi Janki asked BapDada how the millions of souls of the world can receive BapDada's message this year.) 483"How can they experience, "My Baba"? 484What plans should we make for that?"

404उसके लिए कोई ग्रूप बनाओ , ऐसा कोई छोटा ग्रुप बनाओ जो इस बात पर मनन करे क्योंकि विधियाँ तो सुनाई , हर एक को चाहे मंसा संकल्प द्वारा , चाहे वृत्ति वायब्रेशन द्वारा , चाहे वाणी द्वारा , चाहे सम्बन्ध सम्पर्क द्वारा हर एक को लक्ष्य रखना है कि सारे दिन में कितनी आत्माओं की सेवा की  ? uskē liē kōī group banāō , aisā kōī chhōṭā group banāō jō is bāt par manan karē kyōṅki vidhiyā̃ tō sunāī , har ēk kō chāhē mansā saṅkalp dvārā , chāhē vr̥itti vibration dvārā , chāhē vāṇī dvārā , chāhē sambandh samparka dvārā har ēk kō lakṣhya rakhnā hai ki sārē din mē̃ kitnī ātmāō̃ key|kī sēvā key|kī  ? uskā[pn.sg.kē] liē|lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kōī[pn.;d.] group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] manan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] kyōṅki x tō sunānā[past-part.f.] , har ēk[x] kō[postp.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē mansā saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vibration dvārā , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā har ēk[x] kō[postp.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ki[conj.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]  ? of that[.kē] (for|take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) some group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , such some small group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that this matter (at|other) churning do[opt.sg.23] because x then speak[past-part.f.] , each one to (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) through the mind thought through , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) attitude vibrations through , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) words through , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) relationship x through each one to aim keep[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that the whole day in so soul (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)  ?

485Create some groups for that. 486Make a small group who can churn this because you have been told the methods. 487Each one of you has to keep the aim of how many souls you served throughout the day through the thoughts in your mind, your vibrations, words, relationships and connection.

405चाहे मंसा की , चाहे वृत्ति वायब्रेशन से की , वाणी द्रारा की , प्रोग्राम द्वारा की या सम्बन्ध सम्पर्क से की या चलन चेहरे से की , हर एक को नोट करना चाहिए कि मेरे सेवा की रिजल्ट सारे दिन की क्या रही  ? chāhē mansā key|kī , chāhē vr̥itti vibration sē key|kī , vāṇī drārā key|kī , programme dvārā key|kī yā sambandh samparka sē key|kī yā chalan chēhrē sē key|kī , har ēk kō note karnā chāhiē ki mērē sēvā key|kī result sārē din key|kī kyā rahī  ? chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē mansā key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vibration sē[postp.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , programme dvārā key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] yā sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] yā chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , har ēk[x] kō[postp.] note karnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|karnā[.oblig3] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] result sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] kyā rahnā[past-part.f.]  ? (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) through the mind (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) attitude vibrations from (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , words x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , programme through (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) or relationship x from (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) or behaviour face from (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , each one to note (do[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|do[.oblig3]) that I[.kē] service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) result the whole day (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) what remain[past-part.f.]  ?

488Whether you served through your mind, through your vibrations and attitude, through your words, through a programme or through relationships or connections, through your behaviour and face, each one of you has to note down what the result of your service for the whole day was.

406और एक ग्रूप बनाओ जो सोचे , सेवा के बिना रह नहीं सके . aur ēk group banāō jō sōchē , sēvā K|kē binā rah nahī̃ sakē . aur ēk[adj.] group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] sōchnā[opt.sg.23]|sōchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] binā rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|saknā[opt.sg.23] . and one group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that (think[opt.sg.23]|think[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , service (K|of) without remain[root] not (can[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|can[opt.sg.23]) .

489Prepare a group that thinks about this; those who cannot stay without doing service.

407उसको देख कर सब फॉलो करेंगे . uskō dēkh kar sab follow karē̃gē . vah[pn.sg.kō] dēkhnā[root] karnā[root] sab[adj.] follow karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . that[.kō] see[root] do[root] all follow do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

490Seeing them, everyone else will follow.

408लेकिन स्व स्थिति और सेवा की स्थिति दोनों का बैलेन्स हो . lēkin sva sthiti aur sēvā key|kī sthiti dōnō̃ kā balance hō . lēkin sva sthiti[n.f.;sg.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] balance hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . but x stage and service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) stage x of balance (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

491However, there has to be a balance between your own stage and the stage of service.

409फिर सेवा बहुत बढ़ेगी और दूसरों को भी उमंग आयेगा कि बैलेन्स है . phir sēvā bahut baṛhēgī aur dūsrō̃ kō bhī umaṅg āyēgā ki balance hai . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bahut baṛhnā[fut.f.sg.23] aur dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] ki[conj.] balance hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (then|turn[root]) service very grow[fut.f.sg.23] and other to too zeal come[fut.m.sg.23] that balance be[pres.sg.23] .

492Then service will increase a great deal. 493And others will also feel enthusiastic that there is a balance.

410सिर्फ सेवा करते हैं तो कहते है , यह तो बोलने वाले है ही . sirph sēvā kartē haĩ tō kahtē hai , yah tō bōlnē vālē hai hī . sirph[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō kahnā[x] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō bōlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . only service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then say[x] , this then speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] only .

494If you simply do service, they will say, "This one is someone who always talks about it".

411लेकिन ऐसा छोटा ग्रुप बनाओ जो यह पान का बीड़ा उठावे कि हम स्व - स्थिति और सेवा की विधियों से सेवा करेंगे . lēkin aisā chhōṭā group banāō jō yah pān kā bīṛā uṭhāvē ki ham sva - sthiti aur sēvā key|kī vidhiyō̃ sē sēvā karē̃gē . lēkin aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] pān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bīṛā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] uṭhānā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] sva - sthiti[n.f.;sg.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] vidhi[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . but such small group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that this drink of responsibility uplift[opt.sg.23] that we x - stage and service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) method from service do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

495However, prepare a small group who takes the initiative that they will maintain their own stage and also serve with the methods that have been shown.

412एक एक्साम्पल हो ग्रुप , फिर वह जैसे कहते हैं ना एक दीपक से दीवाली हो जाती है , वैसे एक ग्रुप से वृद्धि होती जायेगी . ēk ēksāmpal hō group , phir vah jaisē kahtē haĩ nā ēk dīpak sē dīvālī hō jātī hai , vaisē ēk group sē vr̥iddhi hōtī jāyēgī . ēk[adj.] x hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] group , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] vah[pn.sg.d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā ēk[adj.] dīpak[x] sē[postp.] dīvālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ēk[adj.] group sē[postp.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . one x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) group , (then|turn[root]) that like say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ one x from Diwali be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , x one group from growth be[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] .

496Let there be a group of this example, and then as is said: There is a diwali (string of lights) from one light. 497Therefore, in this way, there will continue to be growth from the one group.

413अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

498Achcha.

414सभी को वर्ष का होम वर्क तो याद है ना , जो बापदादा ने कहा कि इस वर्ष में क्या विदाई देनी है और बधाई मनानी है , वह याद है ना  ? sabhī kō varṣh kā home work tō yād hai nā , jō bāpdādā nē kahā ki is varṣh mē̃ kyā vidāī dēnī hai aur badhāī manānī hai , vah yād hai nā  ? sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] home work[x] tō yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] aur badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] manānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , vah[pn.sg.d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? all to year of homework then remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , that BapDada ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] that this year in what farewell give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] and greetings celebrate[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , that remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

499All of you remember the homework for the year, do you not? 500Do you remember what you have to bid farewell to and how you have to celebrate this year? 501Now, BapDada will also see the result of one month.

415अभी बापदादा भी देखेंगे एक मास की रिजल्ट में सिर्फ यहाँ यह लिखे कि इतनी परसेंटेज सेवा की , 40 परसेन्ट , 80 परसेन्ट , 20 परसेन्ट , 10 परसेन्ट … सिर्फ परसेन्टेज लिखे लम्बा-चौडा पत्र नहीं लिखे , फिर बापदादा फर्स्ट नम्बर वालों को इनाम देंगे . abhī bāpdādā bhī dēkhē̃gē ēk mās key|kī result mē̃ sirph yahā̃ yah likhē ki itnī parasēṇṭēj sēvā key|kī , 40 percent , 80 percent , 20 percent , 10 percent … sirph percentage likhē lambā-cauḍā patra nahī̃ likhē , phir bāpdādā first number vālō̃ kō inām dēgē . ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā bhī[p.] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ēk[adj.] māns[n.m.;sg.,d.]|mās[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] result mē̃[postp.] sirph[adj.] yahā̃ yah[pn.sg.d.] likhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|likhnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] x sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , 40 percent , 80 percent , 20 percent , 10 percent … sirph[adj.] percentage likhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|likhnā[opt.sg.23] x patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] likhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|likhnā[opt.sg.23] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] bāpdādā first[adj.] number vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] inām[x] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . now BapDada too see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] one (x|month) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) result in only here this (write[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|write[opt.sg.23]) that such x service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , 40 % , 80 % , 20 % , 10 % … only percentage (write[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|write[opt.sg.23]) x x not (write[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|write[opt.sg.23]) , (then|turn[root]) BapDada first number those who to prize give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

502Simply write: I served this percentage: 40%, 80%, 20%, 10%. 503Simply write the percentage. 504Do not write long letters. 505Then, BapDada will give a prize to those who claim the first number.

416लेकिन बैलेन्स स्व और सेवा का बैलेन्स , सन्तुष्टता प्रसनता का बैलेन्स . lēkin balance sva aur sēvā kā balance , santuṣhṭatā prasanatā kā balance . lēkin balance sva aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] balance , santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] balance . but balance x and service of balance , contentment x of balance .

506However, there has to be a balance between the self and service. 507There has to be a balance of contentment and happiness.

417ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .

508Is that OK?

418सब रिजल्ट लिखेंगे , सिर्फ परसेंटेज लिखना मीठी दादी , योगयुक्त दादी , लम्बा नहीं लिखना , बस परसेनटेज लिखना क्योंकि पढने का टाइम नहीं होता है . sab result likhē̃gē , sirph parasēṇṭēj likhnā mīṭhī dādī , yōgyukt dādī , lambā nahī̃ likhnā , bas parasēnaṭēj likhnā kyōṅki paḍhanē kā time nahī̃ hōtā hai . sab[adj.] result likhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , sirph[adj.] x likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , yōgyukt[x] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , lambā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , basnā[root]|bas x likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . all result write[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , only x write[inf.m.sg.d.] sweet Dadi , yogyukt Dadi , x not write[inf.m.sg.d.] , (x[root]|simply) x write[inf.m.sg.d.] because x of time not be[pres.sg.m.23] .

509Everyone will write their result. 510Simply write the percentage. 511"Sweet Dadi, yogyukt Dadi..." etc, do not write such long letters. 512Simply write your percentage because there isn't time to read them.

419फिर सारे ब्राह्यण परिवार में जो एक मास की रिजल्ट भेजेंगे और नम्बरवन आयेंगे उसको बापदादा इनाम देंगे . phir sārē brāhyaṇ parivār mē̃ jō ēk mās key|kī result bhējē̃gē aur number one āyēṅgē uskō bāpdādā inām dēgē . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] ēk[adj.] māns[n.m.;sg.,d.]|mās[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] result bhējnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur number one ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kō] bāpdādā inām[x] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . (then|turn[root]) the whole x family in that one (x|month) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) result x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] and number one come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that[.kō] BapDada prize give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

513Then a prize will be given. 514BapDada will give a prize to the one who claims number one from the whole family. 515This will be from the result of one month. 516The season will continue for a month longer.

420ठीक है  ? ṭhīk hai  ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? OK be[pres.sg.23]  ?

517Is this OK?

421पसन्द है  ? pasand hai  ? pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? love be[pres.sg.23]  ?

518Do you like it?

422समझ में आया  ? samajh mē̃ āyā  ? samajhnā[root]|samajh[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? (understand[root]|understanding) in come[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

519Did you understand?

423माताओं को समझ में आया  ? mātāō̃ kō samajh mē̃ āyā  ? mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] samajhnā[root]|samajh[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? mother to (understand[root]|understanding) in come[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

520Did the mothers understand?

424टीचर्स को समझ में आया  ? teachers kō samajh mē̃ āyā  ? teacher kō[postp.] samajhnā[root]|samajh[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? teacher to (understand[root]|understanding) in come[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

521Did the teachers understand?

425पीछे वालों को समझ में आया  ? pīchhē vālō̃ kō samajh mē̃ āyā  ? pīchhē vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] samajhnā[root]|samajh[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? x those who to (understand[root]|understanding) in come[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

522Did those sitting at the back understand?

426हाथ उठाओ पीछे वाले . hāth uṭhāō pīchhē vālē . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pīchhē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . raise your hands x those who .

523Those sitting at the back, raise your hands.

427अच्छा -achchhā -achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] -achcha -

524Achcha.

428अभी चारों ओर के सर्व नये युग के मालिक बच्चों को , चारों ओर के नये वर्ष मनाने के उमंग-उत्साह वाले बच्चों को सदा उडते रहना और उडाते रहना , ऐसे उडती कला वाले बच्चों को , सदा तीव्र पुकपार्थ द्वारा विजय माला के मणके बनने वाले विजयी रत्नों को बापदादा का नये वर्ष और नये युग की दुआओं के साथ-साथ पदम गुणा थालियाँ भर-भर के मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो . abhī chārō̃ ōr K|kē sarv nayē yug K|kē mālik bachchō̃ kō , chārō̃ ōr K|kē nayē varṣh manānē K|kē umaṅg-utsāh vālē bachchō̃ kō sadā uḍtē rahnā aur uḍātē rahnā , aisē uḍtī kalā vālē bachchō̃ kō , sadā tīvr pukapārtha dvārā vijay mālā K|kē maṇakē bannē vālē vijayī ratnō̃ kō bāpdādā kā nayē varṣh aur nayē yug key|kī duāō̃ K|kē sāth-sāth padam guṇā thāliyā̃ bhar-bhar K|kē mubārak hō , mubārak hō . ab[adv.hī] chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sarv[adj.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yug[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sadā uṛnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur uṛānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā tīvr[adj.] x dvārā vijay mālā[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] maṇkā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vijayī[adj.] ratna[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yug[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāth-sāth padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] guṇā thālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bharnā[root] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . now everywhere (K|of) all new age (K|of) master child to , everywhere (K|of) new year celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) zeal and enthusiasm those who child to constantly fly[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] and x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , such fly[pres-part.f.] degree those who child to , constantly intense x through x (K|of) x become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who victorious jewel to BapDada of new year and new age (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) blessing (K|of) x multimillion fold plateful fill[root] (K|of) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

525To all the children from everywhere who are the masters of the New Age, to all the children from everywhere who celebrate the New Year with zeal and enthusiasm, who constantly fly and make others fly, to such children who are in the flying stage, to the victorious jewels who will become the beads of the rosary of victory through intense effort, BapDada's tray full of congratulations filled with blessings for the New Year and the New Age, multimillion-fold congratulations, congratulations. 526You may applaud with one hand (wave your hand).

429एक हाथ की ताली बजाओ . ēk hāth key|kī tālī bajāō . ēk[adj.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one hand (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) clapping play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

527Achcha. 528What are we going to do now?

430अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 431दादीजी से  : तबियत कैसी भी है लेकिन सम्भाल रही हो बहुत अच्छा . dādījī sē  : tabiyat kaisī bhī hai lēkin sambhāl rahī hō bahut achchhā . x sē[postp.]  : tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin sambhālnā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . x from  : health how too be[pres.sg.23] but be careful[pres.pl.f.acc.2] very achcha .

529To Dadiji: No matter what your health is like, you are looking after yourself very well.

432अच्छा सम्भाल रही हो . achchhā sambhāl rahī hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sambhālnā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] . achcha be careful[pres.pl.f.acc.2] .

530You are looking after yourself well.

433आपकी दादियों की युनिटी और चेहरा और चलन उसको देख करके सबकी पालना हो रही है . āpkī dādiyō̃ key|kī unity aur chēhrā aur chalan uskō dēkh karkē sabkī pālnā hō rahī hai . āp[pn.pl.kī] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] unity aur chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.kō] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] pālnā[pres.pl.2.oblig1] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . you[.kī] Dadi (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) unity and face and behaviour that[.kō] see[root] do[abs.] everyone's sustenance[pres.pl.2.oblig1] remain[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .

531Everyone is being sustained by seeing the unity of you Dadis, your faces and your activities.

434बाप का तो पहले दिन से हाथ और साथ है ही है . bāp kā tō pahlē din sē hāth aur sāth hai hī hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . father of then (x|firstly) day from hand and with be[pres.sg.23] only be[pres.sg.23] .

532You have had the Father's hand and His company from the first day.

435अच्छा - ( जानकी दादी से ) विदेश ठीक है  ? achchhā - ( jānkī dādī sē ) vidēśh ṭhīk hai  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - ( jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ) vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? achcha - ( x Dadi from ) abroad OK be[pres.sg.23]  ?

533You will always have that with you. 534Achcha.

436राजस्थान की जो टीचर्स आई हैं वह उठे . rājasthān key|kī jō teachers āī haĩ vah uṭhē . rājasthān key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] jō[pn.;d.] teacher ānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] uṭhnā[opt.sg.23]|uṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) that teacher come[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] that (wake up[opt.sg.23]|wake up[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .

535To Dadi Janki: Are the lands abroad OK? 536It is not a big thing; everything will be OK.

437राजस्थान की तीन बहनें  : त्रिमूर्ति आई हैं . rājasthān key|kī tīn bahanē̃  : trimūrti āī haĩ . rājasthān key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] tīn[adj.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.]  : trimūrti[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] . x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x x  : Trimurti come[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] .

537Three sisters had come from Rajasthan: The teachers who have come from Rajasthan, stand up.

438सहज हो गया ना  ! sahaj hō gayā nā  ! sahaj[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā  ! easy be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅  !

538The Trimurti has come.

439सहज हुआ , हिम्मत बढी  ? sahaj huā , himmat baḍhī  ? sahaj[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] x  ? easy be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , courage x  ?

539It has become easy, has it not?

440अभी तो नहीं कहेंगी बड़ा मुश्किल है . abhī tō nahī̃ kahē̃gī baṛā muśhkil hai . ab[adv.hī] tō nahī̃[neg] kahnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now then not say[fut.f.pl.12hon3] very difficult be[pres.sg.23] . 441अभी 10 गुणा करके दिखाना . abhī 10 guṇā karkē dikhānā . ab[adv.hī] 10 guṇā karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now 10 fold do[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] .

540It was easy. 541Your courage increased. 542You will now not say that it is very difficult, will you?

442राजस्थान को परिस्तान बनाना ही है . rājasthān kō paristān banānā hī hai . rājasthān kō[postp.] paristān[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x to land of angels create[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

543Now, you have to do ten-fold. 544Demonstrate this by doing this 10-fold.

443इसीलिए हिम्मत रखकर बढ़ते चलो . isīliē himmat rakhkar baṛhtē chalō . isīliē himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[abs.] baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x courage keep[abs.] grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 444अभी आवाज फैलाना . abhī āvāj phailānā . ab[adv.hī] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now noise spread[inf.m.sg.d.] .

545Rajasthan-Paristhan. 546You have to make Rajasthan into Paristhan.

445अभी आवाज फैलाया है , अभी जिन वी . आई . पी . की एड्रेसेज हैं उनको स्नेह मिलन में बुलाओ , अभी लोहा गर्म है उसमें जो भी बनाने चाहे बन जायेगा . abhī āvāj phailāyā hai , abhī jin V|we . āī|eye|I . P|pī . key|kī ēḍrēsēj haĩ unkō snēh milan mē̃ bulāō , abhī lōhā garm hai usmē̃ jō bhī banānē chāhē ban jāyēgā . ab[adv.hī] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.pl.o.] V|we . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kō] snēh milan[x] mē̃[postp.] bulānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ab[adv.hī] lōhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] garm[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē bannā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . now noise spread[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , now that (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kō] small gathering of love in call[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , now iron x be[pres.sg.23] that[.mē̃] that too create[inf.m.pl.,o.] (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) become[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .

547Therefore, maintain courage and continue to move forward. 548Now, spread the sound. 549You have spread the sound. 550Now invite the VIPs whose addresses you have to a loving gathering (sneh-milan).

446तो हर एक स्थान जो भी जयपुर में नजदीक है , उसमें बुलाओ . tō har ēk sthān jō bhī jaypur mē̃ najdīk hai , usmē̃ bulāō . tō har ēk[x] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] jaypur mē̃[postp.] nazdīk hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] bulānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then each one place that too x in x be[pres.sg.23] , that[.mē̃] call[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

551The iron is now hot and so whatever you want to create is possible.

447और वैसे भी राजस्थान में बीच-बीच में स्नेह मिलन रखो , बह्माभोजन खिलाओ . aur vaisē bhī rājasthān mē̃ bīch-bīch mē̃ snēh milan rakhō , bahmābhōjan khilāō . aur vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] rājasthān mē̃[postp.] bīch-bīch mē̃[x] snēh milan[x] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x khilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . and x too x in x small gathering of love keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x feed[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

552So, now, whatever places are close to Jaipur, invite them there. 553And in-between have loving gatherings in Rajasthan every now and again.

448ब्राह्मणों का तो रखना ही है लेकिन वी . आई . पीज का रखो . brāhmaṇō̃ kā tō rakhnā hī hai lēkin V|we . āī|eye|I . Ps kā rakhō . brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin V|we . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Brahmin of then keep[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] but (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . P. of keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

554Feed them Brahma bhojan. 555You do that for Brahmins anyway, but also have it for VIPs.

449आईपीज को खड़ा करो तो राजस्थान आगे जायेगा . IPs kō khaṛā karō tō rājasthān āgē jāyēgā . I P kō[postp.] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō rājasthān āgē jānā[fut.m.sg.23] . IP to standing do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then x previously go[fut.m.sg.23] .

556Let IPs go become alert and then Rajasthan can go ahead.

450बाकी अच्छा कर लिया , मुबारक हो , सहज हो गया . bākī achchhā kar liyā , mubārak hō , sahaj hō gayā . bākī|bākī achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , sahaj[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . (others|but) achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , easy be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .

557You have done very well. 558Congratulations. 559It has become easy.

451मुबारक हो . mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

560Congratulations.

452 ( बाबा को मुबारक हो ) दादियों को मुबारक दो . ( bābā kō mubārak hō ) dādiyō̃ kō mubārak dō . ( bābā kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ) dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . ( Baba to congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ) Dadi to congratulations (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .

561(Congratulations to Baba.) 562Congratulations to the Dadis.

453अच्छा किया . achchhā kiyā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

563You did well.

454ऐसे ही मिलकर करना , इस साल में दो तीन प्रोग्राम करो . aisē hī milkar karnā , is sāl mē̃ dō tīn programme karō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] milnā[abs.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.o.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] tīn[adj.] programme karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such only receive[abs.] do[inf.m.sg.d.] , this year in (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) x programme do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

564Now, always do it together in this way. 565Have two to three programmes this year.

455कभी यह करे , कभी यह करे . kabhī yah karē , kabhī yah karē . kabhī[adv.] yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] , kabhī[adv.] yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] . ever this do[opt.sg.23] , ever this do[opt.sg.23] . 456अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

566Sometimes, this place and sometimes another place.

457निर्मलशांता दादी से  : आपकी शक्ल सुहानी ( सुन्दर ) लग रही है . nirmalśhāntā dādī sē  : āpkī śhakla suhānī ( sundar ) lag rahī hai . nirmalśhāntā[n.f.;sg.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.]  : āp[pn.pl.kī] śhakla[n.f.;sg.] x ( sundar[adj.] ) lagnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . Nirmal Shanta Dadi from  : you[.kī] face x ( x ) x[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .

567Achcha. 568To Dadi Nirmalashanta: Your face is looking beautiful.

458बीमार नहीं लग रही है . bīmār nahī̃ lag rahī hai . bīmār[adj.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . those who are ill not x[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .

569You don't look ill. 570(I am not ill.)

459 ( बीमार थोडे ही हूँ ) अच्छा है . ( bīmār thōḍē hī hū̃ ) achchhā hai . ( bīmār[adj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( those who are ill short only be[pres.sg.1] ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

571It is good. 572Very good.

460बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha . 461 ( रुक्मणि बहन से ) - यह भी बहुत अच्छी मेहनत करती है . ( rukmaṇi bahan sē ) - yah bhī bahut achchhī mēhnat kartī hai . ( x bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] ) - yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23] . ( x x from ) - this too very achcha effort do[pres.sg.f.23] .

573To Rukmaniben, the sister who looks after Dadi Nirmalashanta: This one is also working hard.

462थक तो नहीं गई . thak tō nahī̃ gaī . thaknā, phathaknā[root] tō nahī̃[neg] jānā[past-part.f.] . become desperate[root] then not go[past-part.f.] .

574You haven't become tired, have you?

463बहुत अच्छी दिल से सेवा की , उसकी मुबारक है , मुबारक है . bahut achchhī dil sē sēvā key|kī , uskī mubārak hai , mubārak hai . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , vah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . very achcha heart from service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , that[.kī] congratulations be[pres.sg.23] , congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .

575You served very well with your heart, congratulations for that. 576Congratulations.

464रात्रि 12 बजे के पश्चात् बापदादा ने सभी बच्चे को नये वर्ष 2005 की बधाइयाँ दीrātri 12 bajē K|kē paścāt bāpdādā nē sabhī bachchē kō nayē varṣh 2005 key|kī badhāiyā̃ the|dīrātri[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] 12 bajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bajnā[opt.sg.23]|bajā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x bāpdādā nē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] 2005 key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] the|dēnā[past-part.f.]night 12 (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|o'clock) (K|of) x BapDada ∅ all child to new year 2005 (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) greetings (the|give[past-part.f.])465चारों ओर के सभी सिकीलधे , लाडले , तख्तनशीन , स्वराज्य अधिकारी बच्चों को नये वर्ष और नव युग की बधाइयाँ हो , बधाइयाँ हों . chārō̃ ōr K|kē sabhī sikīladhē , lāḍlē , takhtnaśhīn , svarājya adhikārī bachchō̃ kō nayē varṣh aur nav yug key|kī badhāiyā̃ hō , badhāiyā̃ hō̃ . chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] sikīladhē[x] , lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , takhtnaśhīn[adj.] , svarājya adhikārī[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur nav[adj.] yug[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . everywhere (K|of) all beloved, long-lost and now-found , x , seated on the throne , self-sovereign child to new year and new age (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) greetings (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , greetings be[opt.pl.12hon3] .

577After midnight, BapDada gave all the children greetings for the New Year 2005: To all the long-lost and now-found, beloved children seated on the heart-throne; those who are self-sovereigns, greetings and congratulations for the New Year and the New Age.

466सदा ही इस वर्ष सबको बधाइयाँ देनी हैं और बधाइयाँ लेनी हैं - इसी लक्ष्य से लक्षण धारण कर उड़ते रहना , उड़ाते रहना . sadā hī is varṣh sabkō badhāiyā̃ dēnī haĩ aur badhāiyā̃ lēnī haĩ - isī lakṣhya sē lakṣhaṇ dhāraṇ kar uṛtē rahnā , uṛātē rahnā . sadā hī[p.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabkō badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] aur badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] lēnā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] - yah[pn.sg.hī] lakṣhya[adj.] sē[postp.] lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] dhāraṇ karnā[root] uṛnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , uṛānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . constantly only this year everything greetings give[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] and greetings take[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] - this[.hī] aim from qualification adopt[root] fly[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .

578This year, always give greetings to everyone and receive greetings. 579Imbibe qualifications with this aim and continue to fly and make others fly.

467मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो . mubārak hō , mubārak hō , mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

580Congratulations, congratulations, congratulations. 581* * * O M S H A N T I * * *

Abbreviations used